1 /* 2 ** 2001 September 15 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". 13 ** 14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements 15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that 16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file 17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database 18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while 19 ** another is writing. 20 */ 21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO 22 #include "sqliteInt.h" 23 #include "wal.h" 24 25 26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ 27 ** 28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback 29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, 30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. 31 ** 32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced 33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. 34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS 35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. 36 ** 37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if 38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page: 39 ** 40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of 41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and 42 ** synced. 43 ** 44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. 45 ** 46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in 47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction. 48 ** 49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the 50 ** following are true: 51 ** 52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. 53 ** 54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire 55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence 56 ** number consists of a single page change. 57 ** 58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches 59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written 60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current 61 ** transaction. 62 ** 63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size 64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. 65 ** 66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and 67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the 68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file. 69 ** 70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal 71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. 72 ** 73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file 74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. 75 ** 76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) 77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to 78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf 79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence 80 ** of the database. 81 ** 82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, 83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically 85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. 86 ** 87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS 88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at 89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate 90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will 91 ** invoke it.) 92 ** 93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range 94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing 95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same 96 ** database to flush their caches. 97 ** 98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less 99 ** than one billion transactions. 100 ** 101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion 102 ** of every transaction. 103 ** 104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to 105 ** the database file. 106 ** 107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any 108 ** content out of the database file. 109 ** 110 ******************************************************************************/ 111 112 /* 113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off 114 */ 115 #if 0 116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf 118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } 119 #else 120 #define PAGERTRACE(X) 121 #endif 122 123 /* 124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above 125 ** to print out file-descriptors. 126 ** 127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The 128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file 129 ** struct as its argument. 130 */ 131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) 132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) 133 134 /* 135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A 136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following 137 ** state diagram. 138 ** 139 ** OPEN <------+------+ 140 ** | | | 141 ** V | | 142 ** +---------> READER-------+ | 143 ** | | | 144 ** | V | 145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR 146 ** | | ^ 147 ** | V | 148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| 149 ** | | | 150 ** | V | 151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| 152 ** | | | 153 ** | V | 154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ 155 ** 156 ** 157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: 158 ** 159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] 160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 161 ** 162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] 163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] 164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] 165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] 166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] 167 ** 168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] 169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 170 ** 171 ** 172 ** OPEN: 173 ** 174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this 175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is 176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. 177 ** 178 ** * No read or write transaction is active. 179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. 180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. 181 ** 182 ** READER: 183 ** 184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently 186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 187 ** open. The database size is known in this state. 188 ** 189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when 190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state 191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection 192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in 193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way 194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN 195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below). 196 ** 197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). 198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. 199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables 201 ** may not be trusted at this point. 202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. 203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. 205 ** 206 ** WRITER_LOCKED: 207 ** 208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction 209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. 212 ** 213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when 215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 218 ** file. 219 ** 220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. 221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt 222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. 223 ** 224 ** * A write transaction is active. 225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 226 ** lock is held on the database file. 227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction 228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully 229 ** called). 230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. 231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. 232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open. 233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. 234 ** 235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: 236 ** 237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is 238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file 239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the 240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. 241 ** 242 ** * A write transaction is active. 243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. 244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. 246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. 247 ** 248 ** WRITER_DBMOD: 249 ** 250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state 251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections 252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, 253 ** just the log file). 254 ** 255 ** * A write transaction is active. 256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 258 ** and synced to disk. 259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly 260 ** written to disk). 261 ** 262 ** WRITER_FINISHED: 263 ** 264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. 265 ** 266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD 267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the 268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply 269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. 272 ** 273 ** * A write transaction is active. 274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. 276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to 277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need 278 ** to rollback the transaction. 279 ** 280 ** ERROR: 281 ** 282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including 283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. 286 ** 287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers 288 ** cannot. 289 ** 290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. 292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state 293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might 294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if 295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database 296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state 297 ** instead of READER following such an error. 298 ** 299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager 300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to 302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything 304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) 305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning 306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 307 ** from the error. 308 ** 309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: 310 ** 311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in 312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). 313 ** 314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file 315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). 316 ** 317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or 318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up 319 ** memory. 320 ** 321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree 322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. 324 ** 325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only 326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error 327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not 328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a 329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 330 ** state. 331 ** 332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. 333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the 334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). 335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. 336 ** 337 ** 338 ** Notes: 339 ** 340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the 341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one 342 ** of the first four states. 343 ** 344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN 345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has 346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". 348 ** 349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). 350 */ 351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0 352 #define PAGER_READER 1 353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 358 359 /* 360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on 362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by 364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. 365 ** 366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY 367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not 368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and 369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated 370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the 371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set 372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held 373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. 374 ** 375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than 377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. 378 ** 379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves 380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED 382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() 383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this 384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part 385 ** of hot-journal detection. 386 ** 387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but 390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens 391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active 392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database 393 ** without rolling it back. 394 ** 395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the 396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It 397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call 398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition 399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE 401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function 402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. 403 ** 404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 405 ** PAGER_OPEN state. 406 */ 407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) 408 409 /* 410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one 411 */ 412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ 414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } 415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ 416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ 417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } 418 #else 419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ 420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D 421 #endif 422 423 /* 424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. 426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on 427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. 428 */ 429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 430 431 /* 432 ** If the option SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE option is set at compile-time, then 433 ** SQLite will do extra fsync() operations when synchronous==FULL to help 434 ** ensure that transactions are durable across a power failure. Most 435 ** applications are happy as long as transactions are consistent across 436 ** a power failure, and are perfectly willing to lose the last transaction 437 ** in exchange for the extra performance of avoiding directory syncs. 438 ** And so the default SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE setting is off. 439 */ 440 #ifndef SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE 441 # define SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE 0 442 #endif 443 444 445 /* 446 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active 447 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures 448 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and 449 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). 450 ** 451 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is 452 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while 453 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 454 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main 455 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint 456 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). 457 */ 458 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; 459 struct PagerSavepoint { 460 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ 461 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ 462 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ 463 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ 464 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ 465 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 466 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ 467 #endif 468 }; 469 470 /* 471 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. 472 */ 473 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ 474 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ 475 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ 476 477 /* 478 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of 479 ** some of the more important member variables follows: 480 ** 481 ** eState 482 ** 483 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state 484 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. 485 ** 486 ** eLock 487 ** 488 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - 489 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 490 ** 491 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any 492 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such 493 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager 494 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever 495 ** need (and no reason to release them). 496 ** 497 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to 498 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for 499 ** details. 500 ** 501 ** changeCountDone 502 ** 503 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 504 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 505 ** not updated more often than necessary. 506 ** 507 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 508 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. 509 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 510 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, 511 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of 512 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. 513 ** 514 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 515 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction 516 ** committed. 517 ** 518 ** setMaster 519 ** 520 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may 521 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 522 ** journal file before it is synced to disk. 523 ** 524 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 525 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 526 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. 527 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is 528 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If 529 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 530 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 531 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. 532 ** 533 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized 534 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the 535 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any 536 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. 537 ** 538 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either 539 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the 540 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag 541 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). 542 ** 543 ** doNotSpill 544 ** 545 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by 546 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data 547 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). 548 ** 549 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, 550 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. 551 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that 552 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module 553 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written 554 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF 555 ** case is a user preference. 556 ** 557 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from 558 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. 559 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size 560 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync 561 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 562 ** 563 ** subjInMemory 564 ** 565 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal 566 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory 567 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. 568 ** 569 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 570 ** write-transaction is opened. 571 ** 572 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize 573 ** 574 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. 575 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for 576 ** OPEN and ERROR). 577 ** 578 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 579 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset 580 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file 581 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in 582 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). 583 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered 584 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads 585 ** to dbSize==1). 586 ** 587 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than 588 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. 589 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 590 ** dbSize is updated. 591 ** 592 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 593 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize 594 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, 595 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before 596 ** being modified. 597 ** 598 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of 599 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the 600 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made 601 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. 602 ** 603 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 604 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 605 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 606 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 607 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() 608 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. 609 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case 610 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be 611 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, 612 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. 613 ** 614 ** dbHintSize 615 ** 616 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to 617 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 618 ** 619 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a 620 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and 621 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, 622 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the 623 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 624 ** details. 625 ** 626 ** errCode 627 ** 628 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It 629 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 630 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 631 ** sub-codes. 632 */ 633 struct Pager { 634 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ 635 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ 636 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ 637 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ 638 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ 639 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ 640 u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */ 641 u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */ 642 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ 643 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ 644 u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ 645 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ 646 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ 647 648 /************************************************************************** 649 ** The following block contains those class members that change during 650 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed 651 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a 652 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, 653 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe 654 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the 655 ** "configuration" of the pager. 656 */ 657 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ 658 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ 659 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ 660 u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ 661 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ 662 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ 663 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ 664 u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ 665 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ 666 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ 667 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 668 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ 669 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ 670 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ 671 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ 672 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ 673 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ 674 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ 675 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ 676 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ 677 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ 678 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ 679 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ 680 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ 681 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ 682 u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ 683 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ 684 685 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ 686 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ 687 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ 688 /* 689 ** End of the routinely-changing class members 690 ***************************************************************************/ 691 692 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ 693 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ 694 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 695 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ 696 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ 697 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ 698 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ 699 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ 700 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ 701 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ 702 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ 703 int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */ 704 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 705 int nRead; /* Database pages read */ 706 #endif 707 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ 708 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 709 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ 710 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ 711 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ 712 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ 713 #endif 714 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ 715 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ 716 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 717 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ 718 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ 719 #endif 720 }; 721 722 /* 723 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains 724 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 725 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). 726 */ 727 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 728 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 729 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 730 731 /* 732 ** The following global variables hold counters used for 733 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in 734 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. 735 */ 736 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 737 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ 738 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ 739 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ 740 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ 741 #else 742 # define PAGER_INCR(v) 743 #endif 744 745 746 747 /* 748 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data 749 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. 750 ** 751 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity 752 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being 753 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal 754 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made 755 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional 756 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the 757 ** journal and ignore it. 758 ** 759 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists 760 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both 761 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. 762 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the 763 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, 764 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely 765 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the 766 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might 767 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which 768 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. 769 */ 770 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 771 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, 772 }; 773 774 /* 775 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by 776 ** the following macro. 777 */ 778 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) 779 780 /* 781 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 782 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). 783 */ 784 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) 785 786 /* 787 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. 788 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, 789 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize 790 ** out code that would never execute. 791 */ 792 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 793 # define MEMDB 0 794 #else 795 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb 796 #endif 797 798 /* 799 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch 800 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. 801 */ 802 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 803 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) 804 #else 805 # define USEFETCH(x) 0 806 #endif 807 808 /* 809 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). 810 */ 811 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 812 813 /* 814 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). 815 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. 816 ** 817 ** This is so that expressions can be written as: 818 ** 819 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... 820 ** 821 ** instead of 822 ** 823 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... 824 */ 825 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) 826 827 /* 828 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual 829 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false. 830 */ 831 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 832 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){ 833 return (pPager->pWal!=0); 834 } 835 #else 836 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 837 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 838 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 839 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK 840 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK 841 #endif 842 843 #ifndef NDEBUG 844 /* 845 ** Usage: 846 ** 847 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 848 ** 849 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in 850 ** the internal state of the Pager object. 851 */ 852 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ 853 Pager *pPager = p; 854 855 /* State must be valid. */ 856 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN 857 || p->eState==PAGER_READER 858 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 859 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 860 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 861 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 862 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR 863 ); 864 865 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves 866 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates 867 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. 868 */ 869 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 870 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); 871 872 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 873 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. 874 */ 875 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); 876 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); 877 878 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 879 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 880 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 881 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 882 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 883 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 884 ** state. 885 */ 886 if( MEMDB ){ 887 assert( p->noSync ); 888 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 889 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 890 ); 891 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); 892 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); 893 } 894 895 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held 896 ** on the file. 897 */ 898 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 899 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); 900 901 switch( p->eState ){ 902 case PAGER_OPEN: 903 assert( !MEMDB ); 904 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 905 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 906 break; 907 908 case PAGER_READER: 909 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 910 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 911 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 912 break; 913 914 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: 915 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 916 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 917 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 918 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 919 } 920 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); 921 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 922 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 923 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 924 break; 925 926 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: 927 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 928 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 929 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 930 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the 931 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during 932 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off 933 ** to journal_mode=wal. 934 */ 935 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 936 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 937 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 938 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 939 ); 940 } 941 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 942 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 943 break; 944 945 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: 946 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 947 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 948 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 949 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 950 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 951 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 952 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 953 ); 954 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); 955 break; 956 957 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: 958 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 959 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 960 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 961 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 962 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 963 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 964 ); 965 break; 966 967 case PAGER_ERROR: 968 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if 969 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped 970 ** back to OPEN state. 971 */ 972 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 973 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); 974 break; 975 } 976 977 return 1; 978 } 979 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ 980 981 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 982 /* 983 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer 984 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This 985 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative 986 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: 987 ** 988 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) 989 */ 990 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ 991 static char zRet[1024]; 992 993 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, 994 "Filename: %s\n" 995 "State: %s errCode=%d\n" 996 "Lock: %s\n" 997 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" 998 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" 999 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" 1000 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" 1001 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" 1002 , p->zFilename 1003 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : 1004 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : 1005 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : 1006 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : 1007 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : 1008 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : 1009 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" 1010 , (int)p->errCode 1011 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : 1012 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : 1013 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : 1014 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : 1015 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" 1016 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" 1017 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : 1018 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : 1019 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : 1020 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : 1021 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : 1022 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" 1023 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal 1024 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr 1025 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize 1026 ); 1027 1028 return zRet; 1029 } 1030 #endif 1031 1032 /* 1033 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. 1034 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one 1035 ** or more open savepoints for which: 1036 ** 1037 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and 1038 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in 1039 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. 1040 */ 1041 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1042 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1043 PagerSavepoint *p; 1044 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 1045 int i; 1046 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1047 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 1048 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ 1049 return 1; 1050 } 1051 } 1052 return 0; 1053 } 1054 1055 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1056 /* 1057 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. 1058 */ 1059 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ 1060 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 1061 } 1062 #endif 1063 1064 /* 1065 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer 1066 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an 1067 ** error code is something goes wrong. 1068 ** 1069 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. 1070 */ 1071 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ 1072 unsigned char ac[4]; 1073 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); 1074 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1075 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); 1076 } 1077 return rc; 1078 } 1079 1080 /* 1081 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. 1082 */ 1083 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) 1084 1085 1086 /* 1087 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK 1088 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. 1089 */ 1090 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ 1091 char ac[4]; 1092 put32bits(ac, val); 1093 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); 1094 } 1095 1096 /* 1097 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK 1098 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() 1099 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. 1100 ** 1101 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1102 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 1103 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. 1104 */ 1105 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1106 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1107 1108 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); 1109 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); 1110 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 1111 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 1112 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); 1113 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1114 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1115 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1116 } 1117 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1118 } 1119 return rc; 1120 } 1121 1122 /* 1123 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, 1124 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the 1125 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 1126 ** 1127 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1128 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1129 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 1130 ** of this. 1131 */ 1132 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1133 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1134 1135 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1136 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1137 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1138 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ 1139 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1140 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1141 } 1142 } 1143 return rc; 1144 } 1145 1146 /* 1147 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization 1148 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: 1149 ** 1150 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that 1151 ** a database page may be written atomically, and 1152 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal 1153 ** to the page size. 1154 ** 1155 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is 1156 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory 1157 ** database. 1158 ** 1159 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, 1160 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it 1161 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page. 1162 */ 1163 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 1164 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ 1165 assert( !MEMDB ); 1166 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 1167 int dc; /* Device characteristics */ 1168 int nSector; /* Sector size */ 1169 int szPage; /* Page size */ 1170 1171 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 1172 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 1173 nSector = pPager->sectorSize; 1174 szPage = pPager->pageSize; 1175 1176 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 1177 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 1178 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ 1179 return 0; 1180 } 1181 } 1182 1183 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); 1184 } 1185 #endif 1186 1187 /* 1188 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking 1189 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing 1190 ** and debugging only. 1191 */ 1192 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1193 /* 1194 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. 1195 */ 1196 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ 1197 u32 hash = 0; 1198 int i; 1199 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ 1200 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; 1201 } 1202 return hash; 1203 } 1204 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1205 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); 1206 } 1207 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1208 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); 1209 } 1210 1211 /* 1212 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1213 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks 1214 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. 1215 */ 1216 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) 1217 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1218 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1219 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1220 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); 1221 } 1222 1223 #else 1224 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 1225 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 1226 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) 1227 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) 1228 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ 1229 1230 /* 1231 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. 1232 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 1233 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 1234 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format 1235 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. 1236 ** 1237 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by 1238 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is 1239 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal 1240 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a 1241 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name 1242 ** were present in the journal. 1243 ** 1244 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal 1245 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A 1246 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master 1247 ** journal file name. 1248 ** 1249 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 1250 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. 1251 ** 1252 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite 1253 ** error code is returned. 1254 */ 1255 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ 1256 int rc; /* Return code */ 1257 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ 1258 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ 1259 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ 1260 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 1261 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1262 zMaster[0] = '\0'; 1263 1264 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) 1265 || szJ<16 1266 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) 1267 || len>=nMaster 1268 || len==0 1269 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) 1270 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) 1271 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) 1272 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) 1273 ){ 1274 return rc; 1275 } 1276 1277 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ 1278 for(u=0; u<len; u++){ 1279 cksum -= zMaster[u]; 1280 } 1281 if( cksum ){ 1282 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors 1283 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means 1284 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) 1285 ** master-journal filename. 1286 */ 1287 len = 0; 1288 } 1289 zMaster[len] = '\0'; 1290 1291 return SQLITE_OK; 1292 } 1293 1294 /* 1295 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 1296 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 1297 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. 1298 ** 1299 ** i.e for a sector size of 512: 1300 ** 1301 ** Pager.journalOff Return value 1302 ** --------------------------------------- 1303 ** 0 0 1304 ** 512 512 1305 ** 100 512 1306 ** 2000 2048 1307 ** 1308 */ 1309 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ 1310 i64 offset = 0; 1311 i64 c = pPager->journalOff; 1312 if( c ){ 1313 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1314 } 1315 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); 1316 assert( offset>=c ); 1317 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 1318 return offset; 1319 } 1320 1321 /* 1322 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. 1323 ** 1324 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to 1325 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). 1326 ** 1327 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is 1328 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, 1329 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 1330 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 1331 ** after writing or truncating it. 1332 ** 1333 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and 1334 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 1335 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the 1336 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does 1337 ** not need to be synced following this operation. 1338 ** 1339 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. 1340 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. 1341 */ 1342 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ 1343 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1344 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1345 if( pPager->journalOff ){ 1346 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ 1347 1348 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) 1349 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ 1350 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1351 }else{ 1352 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; 1353 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); 1354 } 1355 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 1356 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); 1357 } 1358 1359 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 1360 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 1361 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more 1362 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need 1363 ** to sync the file following this operation. 1364 */ 1365 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ 1366 i64 sz; 1367 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); 1368 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ 1369 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); 1370 } 1371 } 1372 } 1373 return rc; 1374 } 1375 1376 /* 1377 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal 1378 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the 1379 ** current location. 1380 ** 1381 ** The format for the journal header is as follows: 1382 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. 1383 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. 1384 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. 1385 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. 1386 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. 1387 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. 1388 ** 1389 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. 1390 */ 1391 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ 1392 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1393 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ 1394 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ 1395 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ 1396 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1397 1398 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1399 1400 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 1401 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1402 } 1403 1404 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 1405 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 1406 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. 1407 */ 1408 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1409 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ 1410 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; 1411 } 1412 } 1413 1414 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1415 1416 /* 1417 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this 1418 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. 1419 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 1420 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number 1421 ** of records (see syncJournal()). 1422 ** 1423 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When 1424 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the 1425 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption 1426 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal 1427 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios 1428 ** where this risk can be ignored: 1429 ** 1430 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a 1431 ** power failure in this case anyway. 1432 ** 1433 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees 1434 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. 1435 */ 1436 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); 1437 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) 1438 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 1439 ){ 1440 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 1441 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); 1442 }else{ 1443 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); 1444 } 1445 1446 /* The random check-hash initializer */ 1447 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); 1448 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); 1449 /* The initial database size */ 1450 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); 1451 /* The assumed sector size for this process */ 1452 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); 1453 1454 /* The page size */ 1455 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); 1456 1457 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything 1458 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing 1459 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to 1460 ** take the performance hit. 1461 */ 1462 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, 1463 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); 1464 1465 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 1466 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 1467 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 1468 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file 1469 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). 1470 ** 1471 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 1472 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, 1473 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 1474 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what 1475 ** is done. 1476 ** 1477 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 1478 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize 1479 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required 1480 ** to populate the entire journal header sector. 1481 */ 1482 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ 1483 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) 1484 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); 1485 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1486 pPager->journalOff += nHeader; 1487 } 1488 1489 return rc; 1490 } 1491 1492 /* 1493 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file 1494 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal 1495 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by 1496 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for 1497 ** a description of the journal header format. 1498 ** 1499 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of 1500 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the 1501 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit 1502 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned 1503 ** in this case. 1504 ** 1505 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is 1506 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes 1507 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. 1508 */ 1509 static int readJournalHdr( 1510 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 1511 int isHot, 1512 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ 1513 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ 1514 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ 1515 ){ 1516 int rc; /* Return code */ 1517 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1518 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ 1519 1520 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1521 1522 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the 1523 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this 1524 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. 1525 */ 1526 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1527 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ 1528 return SQLITE_DONE; 1529 } 1530 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1531 1532 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match 1533 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return 1534 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, 1535 ** proceed. 1536 */ 1537 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ 1538 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); 1539 if( rc ){ 1540 return rc; 1541 } 1542 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ 1543 return SQLITE_DONE; 1544 } 1545 } 1546 1547 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec 1548 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start 1549 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. 1550 */ 1551 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) 1552 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) 1553 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) 1554 ){ 1555 return rc; 1556 } 1557 1558 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1559 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ 1560 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ 1561 1562 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ 1563 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) 1564 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) 1565 ){ 1566 return rc; 1567 } 1568 1569 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the 1570 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize 1571 ** variable is already set to the correct page size. 1572 */ 1573 if( iPageSize==0 ){ 1574 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 1575 } 1576 1577 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields 1578 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power 1579 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 1580 ** respective compile time maximum limits. 1581 */ 1582 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 1583 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 1584 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 1585 ){ 1586 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 1587 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 1588 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 1589 ** the journal file here. 1590 */ 1591 return SQLITE_DONE; 1592 } 1593 1594 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 1595 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 1596 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. 1597 */ 1598 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); 1599 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 1600 1601 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 1602 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was 1603 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine 1604 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value 1605 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. 1606 */ 1607 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; 1608 } 1609 1610 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1611 return rc; 1612 } 1613 1614 1615 /* 1616 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager 1617 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last 1618 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the 1619 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before 1620 ** anything is written. The format is: 1621 ** 1622 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. 1623 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. 1624 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). 1625 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. 1626 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. 1627 ** 1628 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master 1629 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. 1630 ** 1631 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 1632 ** this call is a no-op. 1633 */ 1634 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 1635 int rc; /* Return code */ 1636 int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ 1637 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ 1638 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ 1639 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ 1640 1641 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 1642 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1643 1644 if( !zMaster 1645 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1646 || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) 1647 ){ 1648 return SQLITE_OK; 1649 } 1650 pPager->setMaster = 1; 1651 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1652 1653 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ 1654 for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ 1655 cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; 1656 } 1657 1658 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing 1659 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to 1660 ** the journal has already been synced. 1661 */ 1662 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 1663 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1664 } 1665 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1666 1667 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If 1668 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. 1669 */ 1670 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) 1671 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) 1672 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) 1673 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) 1674 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, 1675 iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) 1676 ){ 1677 return rc; 1678 } 1679 pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); 1680 1681 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 1682 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name 1683 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 1684 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file 1685 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 1686 ** whether or not the journal is hot. 1687 ** 1688 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 1689 ** file to the required size. 1690 */ 1691 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) 1692 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff 1693 ){ 1694 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); 1695 } 1696 return rc; 1697 } 1698 1699 /* 1700 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. 1701 */ 1702 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ 1703 pPager->iDataVersion++; 1704 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 1705 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); 1706 } 1707 1708 /* 1709 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value 1710 */ 1711 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ 1712 assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN ); 1713 return pPager->iDataVersion; 1714 } 1715 1716 /* 1717 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both 1718 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal 1719 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. 1720 */ 1721 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ 1722 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ 1723 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1724 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 1725 } 1726 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ 1727 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); 1728 } 1729 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); 1730 pPager->aSavepoint = 0; 1731 pPager->nSavepoint = 0; 1732 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 1733 } 1734 1735 /* 1736 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 1737 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful 1738 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. 1739 */ 1740 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1741 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1742 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ 1743 1744 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1745 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; 1746 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ 1747 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); 1748 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1749 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1750 } 1751 } 1752 return rc; 1753 } 1754 1755 /* 1756 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not 1757 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN 1758 ** state. 1759 ** 1760 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is 1761 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does 1762 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is 1763 ** closed (if it is open). 1764 ** 1765 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 1766 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 1767 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode 1768 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated 1769 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction 1770 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). 1771 */ 1772 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ 1773 1774 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 1775 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 1776 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 1777 ); 1778 1779 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1780 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1781 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1782 1783 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1784 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1785 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1786 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1787 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 1788 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ 1789 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; 1790 1791 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then 1792 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise 1793 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file 1794 ** out from under us. 1795 */ 1796 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); 1797 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); 1798 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); 1799 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); 1800 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 1801 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 1802 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) 1803 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) 1804 ){ 1805 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1806 } 1807 1808 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database 1809 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment 1810 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this 1811 ** is necessary. 1812 */ 1813 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); 1814 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ 1815 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; 1816 } 1817 1818 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here 1819 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error 1820 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. 1821 */ 1822 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1823 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1824 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1825 } 1826 1827 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be 1828 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, 1829 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both 1830 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. 1831 */ 1832 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1833 assert( !MEMDB ); 1834 pager_reset(pPager); 1835 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 1836 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1837 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; 1838 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 1839 } 1840 1841 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1842 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 1843 pPager->setMaster = 0; 1844 } 1845 1846 /* 1847 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires 1848 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. 1849 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 1850 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 1851 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 1852 ** 1853 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the 1854 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code 1855 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, 1856 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. 1857 ** 1858 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 1859 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 1860 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when 1861 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need 1862 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if 1863 ** it were a hot-journal). 1864 */ 1865 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ 1866 int rc2 = rc & 0xff; 1867 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1868 assert( 1869 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || 1870 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || 1871 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR 1872 ); 1873 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ 1874 pPager->errCode = rc; 1875 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 1876 } 1877 return rc; 1878 } 1879 1880 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); 1881 1882 /* 1883 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 1884 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 1885 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening 1886 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a 1887 ** database transaction. 1888 ** 1889 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called 1890 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less 1891 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. 1892 ** 1893 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. 1894 ** 1895 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 1896 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 1897 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this 1898 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized 1899 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and 1900 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: 1901 ** 1902 ** journalMode==MEMORY 1903 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 1904 ** in-memory journal. 1905 ** 1906 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE 1907 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. 1908 ** 1909 ** journalMode==PERSIST 1910 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates 1911 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal 1912 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. 1913 ** 1914 ** journalMode==DELETE 1915 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). 1916 ** 1917 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing 1918 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is 1919 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under 1920 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. 1921 ** 1922 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. 1923 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 1924 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. 1925 ** 1926 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during 1927 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the 1928 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 1929 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still 1930 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the 1931 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related 1932 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is 1933 ** returned. 1934 */ 1935 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ 1936 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ 1937 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ 1938 1939 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction 1940 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there 1941 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is 1942 ** held under two circumstances: 1943 ** 1944 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with 1945 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1946 ** 1947 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 1948 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a 1949 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 1950 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. 1951 */ 1952 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 1953 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1954 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ 1955 return SQLITE_OK; 1956 } 1957 1958 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1959 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 1960 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 1961 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1962 1963 /* Finalize the journal file. */ 1964 if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){ 1965 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 1966 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1967 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ 1968 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1969 rc = SQLITE_OK; 1970 }else{ 1971 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1972 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ 1973 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. 1974 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and 1975 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See 1976 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 1977 */ 1978 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 1979 } 1980 } 1981 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1982 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1983 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) 1984 ){ 1985 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster); 1986 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1987 }else{ 1988 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if 1989 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal 1990 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to 1991 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 1992 */ 1993 int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd)); 1994 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 1995 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1996 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 1997 ); 1998 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1999 if( bDelete ){ 2000 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 2001 pPager->fullSync && SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE); 2002 } 2003 } 2004 } 2005 2006 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 2007 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); 2008 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ 2009 PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); 2010 if( p ){ 2011 p->pageHash = 0; 2012 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); 2013 } 2014 } 2015 #endif 2016 2017 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 2018 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 2019 pPager->nRec = 0; 2020 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 2021 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); 2022 2023 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2024 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 2025 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 2026 ** lock held on the database file. 2027 */ 2028 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 2029 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); 2030 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ 2031 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal 2032 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. 2033 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 2034 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the 2035 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum 2036 ** required size. */ 2037 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2038 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); 2039 } 2040 2041 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 2042 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); 2043 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 2044 } 2045 2046 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 2047 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) 2048 ){ 2049 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 2050 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 2051 } 2052 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 2053 pPager->setMaster = 0; 2054 2055 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); 2056 } 2057 2058 /* 2059 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 2060 ** database file. 2061 ** 2062 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 2063 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The 2064 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock 2065 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 2066 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 2067 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 2068 ** will roll it back. 2069 ** 2070 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or 2071 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 2072 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the 2073 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. 2074 */ 2075 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ 2076 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ 2077 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2078 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 2079 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 2080 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2081 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 2082 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 2083 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 2084 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 2085 } 2086 } 2087 pager_unlock(pPager); 2088 } 2089 2090 /* 2091 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes 2092 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 2093 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. 2094 ** 2095 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 2096 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte 2097 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). 2098 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. 2099 ** 2100 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an 2101 ** incompatible journal file format. 2102 ** 2103 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 2104 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 2105 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be 2106 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, 2107 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. 2108 */ 2109 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ 2110 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ 2111 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ 2112 while( i>0 ){ 2113 cksum += aData[i]; 2114 i -= 200; 2115 } 2116 return cksum; 2117 } 2118 2119 /* 2120 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back 2121 ** to the codec. 2122 */ 2123 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2124 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ 2125 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ 2126 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, 2127 (int)pPager->nReserve); 2128 } 2129 } 2130 #else 2131 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ 2132 #endif 2133 2134 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2135 /* 2136 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination 2137 ** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the 2138 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount. 2139 */ 2140 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){ 2141 if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){ 2142 pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve; 2143 pagerReportSize(pDest); 2144 } 2145 } 2146 #endif 2147 2148 /* 2149 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or 2150 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. 2151 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset 2152 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. 2153 ** 2154 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 2155 ** not. 2156 ** 2157 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file 2158 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is 2159 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. 2160 ** 2161 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already 2162 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back 2163 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. 2164 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set 2165 ** prior to returning. 2166 ** 2167 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file 2168 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs 2169 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing 2170 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data 2171 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be 2172 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in 2173 ** two circumstances: 2174 ** 2175 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or 2176 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file 2177 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. 2178 ** 2179 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. 2180 ** 2181 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically 2182 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, 2183 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. 2184 */ 2185 static int pager_playback_one_page( 2186 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ 2187 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ 2188 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ 2189 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ 2190 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ 2191 ){ 2192 int rc; 2193 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ 2194 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ 2195 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ 2196 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ 2197 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ 2198 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ 2199 2200 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ 2201 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ 2202 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ 2203 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ 2204 2205 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2206 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ 2207 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); 2208 2209 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 2210 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is 2211 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager 2212 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback 2213 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. 2214 */ 2215 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 2216 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 2217 ); 2218 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); 2219 2220 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal 2221 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. 2222 */ 2223 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; 2224 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); 2225 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2226 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); 2227 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2228 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; 2229 2230 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally 2231 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, 2232 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to 2233 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. 2234 */ 2235 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 2236 assert( !isSavepnt ); 2237 return SQLITE_DONE; 2238 } 2239 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ 2240 return SQLITE_OK; 2241 } 2242 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2243 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); 2244 if( rc ) return rc; 2245 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ 2246 return SQLITE_DONE; 2247 } 2248 } 2249 2250 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current 2251 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. 2252 */ 2253 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2254 return rc; 2255 } 2256 2257 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting 2258 */ 2259 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ 2260 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; 2261 pagerReportSize(pPager); 2262 } 2263 2264 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this 2265 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, 2266 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. 2267 ** 2268 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode 2269 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may 2270 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs 2271 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache 2272 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not 2273 ** assert()able. 2274 ** 2275 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the 2276 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 2277 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for 2278 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty 2279 ** if the pager is in OPEN state. 2280 ** 2281 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is 2282 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. 2283 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement 2284 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a 2285 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know 2286 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback 2287 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the 2288 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can 2289 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be 2290 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be 2291 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced 2292 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else 2293 ** the page is marked as needSync==0. 2294 ** 2295 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it 2296 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. 2297 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. 2298 */ 2299 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2300 pPg = 0; 2301 }else{ 2302 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 2303 } 2304 assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); 2305 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 ); 2306 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", 2307 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), 2308 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") 2309 )); 2310 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2311 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); 2312 }else{ 2313 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 2314 } 2315 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2316 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2317 && isSynced 2318 ){ 2319 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2320 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); 2321 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2322 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2323 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 2324 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 2325 } 2326 if( pPager->pBackup ){ 2327 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); 2328 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2329 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData); 2330 } 2331 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ 2332 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to 2333 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential 2334 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 2335 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 2336 ** current. 2337 ** 2338 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite 2339 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 2340 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then 2341 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). 2342 ** 2343 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing 2344 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 2345 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 2346 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. 2347 */ 2348 assert( isSavepnt ); 2349 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); 2350 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2351 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); 2352 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); 2353 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2354 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2355 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ; 2356 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 2357 } 2358 if( pPg ){ 2359 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except 2360 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the 2361 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result 2362 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to 2363 ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). 2364 */ 2365 void *pData; 2366 pData = pPg->pData; 2367 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); 2368 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2369 if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){ 2370 /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main 2371 ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the 2372 ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page 2373 ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the 2374 ** database. 2375 ** 2376 ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled 2377 ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an 2378 ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe 2379 ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as 2380 ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is 2381 ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and 2382 ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to 2383 ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but 2384 ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially 2385 ** be written out into the database file before its journal file 2386 ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this, 2387 ** database corruption may ensue. 2388 */ 2389 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2390 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 2391 } 2392 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 2393 2394 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. 2395 ** Do this before any decoding. */ 2396 if( pgno==1 ){ 2397 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2398 } 2399 2400 /* Decode the page just read from disk */ 2401 CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); 2402 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 2403 } 2404 return rc; 2405 } 2406 2407 /* 2408 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal 2409 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. 2410 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, 2411 ** and does so if it is. 2412 ** 2413 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 2414 ** available for use within this function. 2415 ** 2416 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 2417 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 2418 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 2419 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal 2420 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: 2421 ** 2422 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" 2423 ** 2424 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 2425 ** journals have been rolled back. 2426 ** 2427 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 2428 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For 2429 ** each child journal, it checks if: 2430 ** 2431 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so 2432 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 2433 ** file zMaster 2434 ** 2435 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria 2436 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if 2437 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from 2438 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2439 ** 2440 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This 2441 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation 2442 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 2443 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2444 ** 2445 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load 2446 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be 2447 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 2448 ** size. 2449 */ 2450 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 2451 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2452 int rc; /* Return code */ 2453 sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ 2454 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ 2455 char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ 2456 i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ 2457 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ 2458 char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ 2459 int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ 2460 2461 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. 2462 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. 2463 */ 2464 pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); 2465 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); 2466 if( !pMaster ){ 2467 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 2468 }else{ 2469 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); 2470 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); 2471 } 2472 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2473 2474 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from 2475 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain 2476 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master 2477 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. 2478 */ 2479 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); 2480 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2481 nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 2482 zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); 2483 if( !zMasterJournal ){ 2484 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 2485 goto delmaster_out; 2486 } 2487 zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; 2488 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); 2489 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2490 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; 2491 2492 zJournal = zMasterJournal; 2493 while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ 2494 int exists; 2495 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 2496 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2497 goto delmaster_out; 2498 } 2499 if( exists ){ 2500 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. 2501 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If 2502 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. 2503 */ 2504 int c; 2505 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); 2506 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); 2507 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2508 goto delmaster_out; 2509 } 2510 2511 rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); 2512 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); 2513 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2514 goto delmaster_out; 2515 } 2516 2517 c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; 2518 if( c ){ 2519 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ 2520 goto delmaster_out; 2521 } 2522 } 2523 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); 2524 } 2525 2526 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2527 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); 2528 2529 delmaster_out: 2530 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); 2531 if( pMaster ){ 2532 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2533 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); 2534 sqlite3_free(pMaster); 2535 } 2536 return rc; 2537 } 2538 2539 2540 /* 2541 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 2542 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, 2543 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). 2544 ** 2545 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either 2546 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 2547 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 2548 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS 2549 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. 2550 ** 2551 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 2552 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 2553 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 2554 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 2555 ** the end of the new file instead. 2556 ** 2557 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying 2558 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. 2559 */ 2560 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 2561 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2562 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2563 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); 2564 2565 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2566 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2567 ){ 2568 i64 currentSize, newSize; 2569 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 2570 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2571 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ 2572 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); 2573 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; 2574 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ 2575 if( currentSize>newSize ){ 2576 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); 2577 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ 2578 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2579 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); 2580 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); 2581 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); 2582 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); 2583 } 2584 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2585 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; 2586 } 2587 } 2588 } 2589 return rc; 2590 } 2591 2592 /* 2593 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The 2594 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2595 */ 2596 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ 2597 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); 2598 if( iRet<32 ){ 2599 iRet = 512; 2600 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ 2601 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); 2602 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; 2603 } 2604 return iRet; 2605 } 2606 2607 /* 2608 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given 2609 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method 2610 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 2611 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 2612 ** master journal pointers within created journal files. 2613 ** 2614 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. 2615 ** 2616 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is 2617 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if 2618 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it 2619 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2620 ** 2621 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set 2622 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of 2623 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that 2624 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in 2625 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero 2626 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector 2627 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, 2628 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. 2629 */ 2630 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ 2631 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 2632 2633 if( pPager->tempFile 2634 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 2635 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 2636 ){ 2637 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file 2638 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() 2639 ** call will segfault. */ 2640 pPager->sectorSize = 512; 2641 }else{ 2642 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); 2643 } 2644 } 2645 2646 /* 2647 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to 2648 ** the state it was in before we started making changes. 2649 ** 2650 ** The journal file format is as follows: 2651 ** 2652 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. 2653 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records 2654 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the 2655 ** number of page records from the journal size. 2656 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 2657 ** sanity checksum. 2658 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the 2659 ** database to during a rollback. 2660 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header 2661 ** is this many bytes in size. 2662 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. 2663 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. 2664 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: 2665 ** + 4 byte page number. 2666 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. 2667 ** + 4 byte checksum 2668 ** 2669 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. 2670 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. 2671 ** 2672 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of 2673 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the 2674 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power 2675 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the 2676 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but 2677 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, 2678 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For 2679 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. 2680 ** 2681 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed 2682 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the 2683 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption 2684 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be 2685 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. 2686 ** 2687 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed 2688 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled 2689 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file 2690 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had 2691 ** been encountered. 2692 ** 2693 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted 2694 ** and an error code is returned. 2695 ** 2696 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal 2697 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is 2698 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. 2699 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling 2700 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is 2701 ** needed. 2702 */ 2703 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ 2704 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2705 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ 2706 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ 2707 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 2708 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ 2709 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ 2710 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ 2711 char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ 2712 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ 2713 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ 2714 2715 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if 2716 ** the journal is empty. 2717 */ 2718 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 2719 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); 2720 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2721 goto end_playback; 2722 } 2723 2724 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. 2725 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not 2726 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be 2727 ** played back. 2728 ** 2729 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that 2730 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that 2731 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, 2732 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value 2733 ** for pageSize. 2734 */ 2735 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2736 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2737 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ 2738 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); 2739 } 2740 zMaster = 0; 2741 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ 2742 goto end_playback; 2743 } 2744 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2745 needPagerReset = isHot; 2746 2747 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 2748 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 2749 ** occurs. 2750 */ 2751 while( 1 ){ 2752 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are 2753 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or 2754 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. 2755 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. 2756 */ 2757 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); 2758 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2759 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2760 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2761 } 2762 goto end_playback; 2763 } 2764 2765 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process 2766 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal 2767 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute 2768 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. 2769 */ 2770 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ 2771 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 2772 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2773 } 2774 2775 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this 2776 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means 2777 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been 2778 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining 2779 ** size of the file. 2780 ** 2781 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. 2782 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next 2783 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But 2784 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in 2785 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional 2786 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 2787 ** should be computed based on the journal file size. 2788 */ 2789 if( nRec==0 && !isHot && 2790 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ 2791 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2792 } 2793 2794 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the 2795 ** database file back to its original size. 2796 */ 2797 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 2798 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); 2799 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2800 goto end_playback; 2801 } 2802 pPager->dbSize = mxPg; 2803 } 2804 2805 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 2806 ** database file and/or page cache. 2807 */ 2808 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ 2809 if( needPagerReset ){ 2810 pager_reset(pPager); 2811 needPagerReset = 0; 2812 } 2813 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); 2814 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2815 nPlayback++; 2816 }else{ 2817 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2818 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 2819 break; 2820 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2821 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and 2822 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was 2823 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that 2824 ** case, the database should have never been written in the 2825 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ 2826 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2827 goto end_playback; 2828 }else{ 2829 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error 2830 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state 2831 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next 2832 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. 2833 */ 2834 goto end_playback; 2835 } 2836 } 2837 } 2838 } 2839 /*NOTREACHED*/ 2840 assert( 0 ); 2841 2842 end_playback: 2843 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original 2844 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the 2845 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the 2846 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. 2847 */ 2848 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 2849 if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ 2850 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); 2851 } 2852 #endif 2853 2854 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 2855 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 2856 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 2857 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 2858 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not 2859 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency 2860 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just 2861 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. 2862 */ 2863 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 2864 2865 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2866 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2867 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2868 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2869 } 2870 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 2871 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2872 ){ 2873 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); 2874 } 2875 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2876 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); 2877 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2878 } 2879 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ 2880 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, 2881 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. 2882 */ 2883 rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); 2884 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2885 } 2886 if( isHot && nPlayback ){ 2887 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", 2888 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); 2889 } 2890 2891 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling 2892 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size 2893 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. 2894 */ 2895 setSectorSize(pPager); 2896 return rc; 2897 } 2898 2899 2900 /* 2901 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 2902 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database 2903 ** file before this function is called. 2904 ** 2905 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to 2906 ** the value read from the database file. 2907 ** 2908 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. 2909 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2910 */ 2911 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){ 2912 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ 2913 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ 2914 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 2915 int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */ 2916 2917 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); 2918 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 2919 2920 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2921 if( iFrame ){ 2922 /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */ 2923 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData); 2924 }else 2925 #endif 2926 { 2927 i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2928 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset); 2929 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2930 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2931 } 2932 } 2933 2934 if( pgno==1 ){ 2935 if( rc ){ 2936 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something 2937 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy 2938 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be 2939 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 2940 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling 2941 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. 2942 ** 2943 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes 2944 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of 2945 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so 2946 ** we should still be ok. 2947 */ 2948 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2949 }else{ 2950 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; 2951 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2952 } 2953 } 2954 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM); 2955 2956 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); 2957 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); 2958 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 2959 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 2960 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); 2961 2962 return rc; 2963 } 2964 2965 /* 2966 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in 2967 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. 2968 ** 2969 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() 2970 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually 2971 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. 2972 */ 2973 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ 2974 u32 change_counter; 2975 2976 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ 2977 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; 2978 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); 2979 2980 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in 2981 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number 2982 ** is valid. */ 2983 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); 2984 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); 2985 } 2986 2987 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2988 /* 2989 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 2990 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. 2991 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 2992 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. 2993 ** 2994 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, 2995 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding 2996 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the 2997 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 2998 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 2999 */ 3000 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ 3001 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3002 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; 3003 PgHdr *pPg; 3004 3005 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3006 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); 3007 if( pPg ){ 3008 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ 3009 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 3010 }else{ 3011 u32 iFrame = 0; 3012 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); 3013 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3014 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 3015 } 3016 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3017 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 3018 } 3019 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 3020 } 3021 } 3022 3023 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are 3024 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the 3025 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as 3026 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one 3027 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 3028 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, 3029 ** the backups must be restarted. 3030 */ 3031 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 3032 3033 return rc; 3034 } 3035 3036 /* 3037 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. 3038 */ 3039 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ 3040 int rc; /* Return Code */ 3041 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ 3042 3043 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already 3044 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 3045 ** following: 3046 ** 3047 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or 3048 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). 3049 */ 3050 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; 3051 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); 3052 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3053 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3054 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 3055 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); 3056 pList = pNext; 3057 } 3058 3059 return rc; 3060 } 3061 3062 /* 3063 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging 3064 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), 3065 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have 3066 ** changed. 3067 ** 3068 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. 3069 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. 3070 */ 3071 static int pagerWalFrames( 3072 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3073 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ 3074 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ 3075 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ 3076 ){ 3077 int rc; /* Return code */ 3078 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ 3079 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ 3080 3081 assert( pPager->pWal ); 3082 assert( pList ); 3083 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 3084 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ 3085 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ 3086 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); 3087 } 3088 #endif 3089 3090 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); 3091 if( isCommit ){ 3092 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing 3093 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. 3094 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty 3095 ** list here. */ 3096 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; 3097 nList = 0; 3098 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ 3099 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ 3100 ppNext = &p->pDirty; 3101 nList++; 3102 } 3103 } 3104 assert( pList ); 3105 }else{ 3106 nList = 1; 3107 } 3108 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; 3109 3110 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 3111 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 3112 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags 3113 ); 3114 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ 3115 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3116 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); 3117 } 3118 } 3119 3120 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 3121 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3122 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3123 pager_set_pagehash(p); 3124 } 3125 #endif 3126 3127 return rc; 3128 } 3129 3130 /* 3131 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. 3132 ** 3133 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially 3134 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves 3135 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by 3136 ** other writers or checkpointers. 3137 */ 3138 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ 3139 int rc; /* Return code */ 3140 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ 3141 3142 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3143 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 3144 3145 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous 3146 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we 3147 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, 3148 ** the duplicate call is harmless. 3149 */ 3150 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 3151 3152 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); 3153 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ 3154 pager_reset(pPager); 3155 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 3156 } 3157 3158 return rc; 3159 } 3160 #endif 3161 3162 /* 3163 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN 3164 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file 3165 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). 3166 ** 3167 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database 3168 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps 3169 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. 3170 */ 3171 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ 3172 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ 3173 3174 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() 3175 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or 3176 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not 3177 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or 3178 ** contains no valid committed transactions. 3179 */ 3180 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3181 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3182 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); 3183 3184 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the 3185 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of 3186 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an 3187 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. 3188 */ 3189 if( nPage==0 ){ 3190 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ 3191 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3192 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3193 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); 3194 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3195 return rc; 3196 } 3197 } 3198 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); 3199 } 3200 3201 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 3202 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so 3203 ** that the file can be read. 3204 */ 3205 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ 3206 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; 3207 } 3208 3209 *pnPage = nPage; 3210 return SQLITE_OK; 3211 } 3212 3213 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3214 /* 3215 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager 3216 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does 3217 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. 3218 ** 3219 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager 3220 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and 3221 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to 3222 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. 3223 ** 3224 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. 3225 ** 3226 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this 3227 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 3228 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 3229 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 3230 ** other connection. 3231 */ 3232 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ 3233 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3234 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3235 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3236 3237 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 3238 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ 3239 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ 3240 3241 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 3242 if( rc ) return rc; 3243 if( nPage==0 ){ 3244 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); 3245 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 3246 isWal = 0; 3247 }else{ 3248 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 3249 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal 3250 ); 3251 } 3252 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3253 if( isWal ){ 3254 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 3255 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); 3256 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 3257 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; 3258 } 3259 } 3260 } 3261 return rc; 3262 } 3263 #endif 3264 3265 /* 3266 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback 3267 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 3268 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 3269 ** savepoint. 3270 ** 3271 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 3272 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, 3273 ** performed in the order specified: 3274 ** 3275 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte 3276 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 3277 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal 3278 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. 3279 ** 3280 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played 3281 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following 3282 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. 3283 ** 3284 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting 3285 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of 3286 ** the journal file. 3287 ** 3288 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the 3289 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the 3290 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only 3291 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. 3292 ** 3293 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main 3294 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. 3295 ** 3296 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable 3297 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 3298 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value 3299 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. 3300 */ 3301 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ 3302 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ 3303 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ 3304 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3305 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ 3306 3307 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 3308 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 3309 3310 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ 3311 if( pSavepoint ){ 3312 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); 3313 if( !pDone ){ 3314 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 3315 } 3316 } 3317 3318 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 3319 ** being reverted was opened. 3320 */ 3321 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; 3322 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 3323 3324 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3325 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); 3326 } 3327 3328 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback 3329 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in 3330 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything 3331 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. 3332 */ 3333 szJ = pPager->journalOff; 3334 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); 3335 3336 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at 3337 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. 3338 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number 3339 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those 3340 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they 3341 ** are played back. 3342 */ 3343 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3344 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; 3345 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; 3346 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ 3347 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3348 } 3349 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3350 }else{ 3351 pPager->journalOff = 0; 3352 } 3353 3354 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at 3355 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end 3356 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and 3357 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. 3358 */ 3359 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ 3360 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3361 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ 3362 u32 dummy; 3363 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); 3364 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3365 3366 /* 3367 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" 3368 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the 3369 ** pager_playback() function for additional information. 3370 */ 3371 if( nJRec==0 3372 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff 3373 ){ 3374 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 3375 } 3376 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ 3377 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3378 } 3379 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3380 } 3381 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); 3382 3383 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were 3384 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) 3385 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. 3386 */ 3387 if( pSavepoint ){ 3388 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3389 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 3390 3391 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3392 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); 3393 } 3394 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ 3395 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); 3396 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); 3397 } 3398 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3399 } 3400 3401 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); 3402 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3403 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 3404 } 3405 3406 return rc; 3407 } 3408 3409 /* 3410 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3411 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages. 3412 */ 3413 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3414 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3415 } 3416 3417 /* 3418 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3419 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal. 3420 */ 3421 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3422 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3423 } 3424 3425 /* 3426 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. 3427 */ 3428 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ 3429 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3430 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 3431 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ 3432 sqlite3_int64 sz; 3433 sz = pPager->szMmap; 3434 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); 3435 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); 3436 } 3437 #endif 3438 } 3439 3440 /* 3441 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. 3442 */ 3443 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ 3444 pPager->szMmap = szMmap; 3445 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3446 } 3447 3448 /* 3449 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. 3450 */ 3451 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ 3452 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); 3453 } 3454 3455 /* 3456 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. 3457 ** 3458 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness 3459 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by 3460 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. 3461 ** There are three levels: 3462 ** 3463 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default 3464 ** for temporary and transient files. 3465 ** 3466 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the 3467 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but 3468 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, 3469 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal 3470 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database 3471 ** when it is rolled back. 3472 ** 3473 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the 3474 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field 3475 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two 3476 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a 3477 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides 3478 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the 3479 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. 3480 ** 3481 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues 3482 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced 3483 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced 3484 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL 3485 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for 3486 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL 3487 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the 3488 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. 3489 ** 3490 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The 3491 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync 3492 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an 3493 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 3494 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the 3495 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when 3496 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. 3497 ** 3498 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, 3499 ** and FULL=3. 3500 */ 3501 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 3502 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( 3503 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ 3504 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ 3505 ){ 3506 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; 3507 assert( level>=1 && level<=3 ); 3508 pPager->noSync = (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; 3509 pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; 3510 if( pPager->noSync ){ 3511 pPager->syncFlags = 0; 3512 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0; 3513 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ 3514 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3515 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3516 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){ 3517 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3518 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3519 }else{ 3520 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3521 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3522 } 3523 pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags; 3524 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 3525 pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 3526 } 3527 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ 3528 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3529 }else{ 3530 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3531 } 3532 } 3533 #endif 3534 3535 /* 3536 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library 3537 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for 3538 ** testing and analysis only. 3539 */ 3540 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3541 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; 3542 #endif 3543 3544 /* 3545 ** Open a temporary file. 3546 ** 3547 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 3548 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 3549 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. 3550 ** 3551 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified 3552 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: 3553 ** 3554 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 3555 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 3556 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 3557 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 3558 */ 3559 static int pagerOpentemp( 3560 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ 3561 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ 3562 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ 3563 ){ 3564 int rc; /* Return code */ 3565 3566 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3567 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ 3568 #endif 3569 3570 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | 3571 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 3572 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); 3573 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); 3574 return rc; 3575 } 3576 3577 /* 3578 ** Set the busy handler function. 3579 ** 3580 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 3581 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, 3582 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 3583 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from 3584 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE 3585 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: 3586 ** 3587 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler 3588 ** -------------------------------------------------------- 3589 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes 3590 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No 3591 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No 3592 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes 3593 ** 3594 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 3595 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is 3596 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. 3597 */ 3598 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( 3599 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3600 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ 3601 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ 3602 ){ 3603 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; 3604 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; 3605 3606 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3607 void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; 3608 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); 3609 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); 3610 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); 3611 } 3612 } 3613 3614 /* 3615 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 3616 ** is passed in *pPageSize. 3617 ** 3618 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it 3619 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 3620 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). 3621 ** 3622 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: 3623 ** 3624 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 3625 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and 3626 ** 3627 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and 3628 ** 3629 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is 3630 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. 3631 ** 3632 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. 3633 ** 3634 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 3635 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 3636 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 3637 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3638 ** 3639 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated 3640 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this 3641 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 3642 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. 3643 */ 3644 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ 3645 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3646 3647 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this 3648 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state 3649 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. 3650 ** 3651 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 3652 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that 3653 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function 3654 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. 3655 */ 3656 3657 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; 3658 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); 3659 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) 3660 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 3661 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 3662 ){ 3663 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ 3664 i64 nByte = 0; 3665 3666 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3667 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); 3668 } 3669 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3670 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); 3671 if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 3672 } 3673 3674 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3675 pager_reset(pPager); 3676 rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); 3677 } 3678 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3679 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 3680 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; 3681 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); 3682 pPager->pageSize = pageSize; 3683 }else{ 3684 sqlite3PageFree(pNew); 3685 } 3686 } 3687 3688 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 3689 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3690 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; 3691 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); 3692 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; 3693 pagerReportSize(pPager); 3694 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3695 } 3696 return rc; 3697 } 3698 3699 /* 3700 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally 3701 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the 3702 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally 3703 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback 3704 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as 3705 ** no rollbacks are happening. 3706 */ 3707 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ 3708 return pPager->pTmpSpace; 3709 } 3710 3711 /* 3712 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 3713 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the 3714 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. 3715 ** 3716 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. 3717 */ 3718 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3719 if( mxPage>0 ){ 3720 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; 3721 } 3722 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ 3723 assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ 3724 return pPager->mxPgno; 3725 } 3726 3727 /* 3728 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated 3729 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated 3730 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. 3731 ** 3732 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops 3733 ** and generate no code. 3734 */ 3735 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3736 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3737 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; 3738 static int saved_cnt; 3739 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3740 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3741 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; 3742 } 3743 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3744 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; 3745 } 3746 #else 3747 # define disable_simulated_io_errors() 3748 # define enable_simulated_io_errors() 3749 #endif 3750 3751 /* 3752 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory 3753 ** that pDest points to. 3754 ** 3755 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or 3756 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is 3757 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 3758 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or 3759 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. 3760 ** 3761 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, 3762 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the 3763 ** output buffer undefined. 3764 */ 3765 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ 3766 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3767 memset(pDest, 0, N); 3768 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3769 3770 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating 3771 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition 3772 ** to WAL mode yet. 3773 */ 3774 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3775 3776 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3777 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) 3778 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); 3779 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3780 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3781 } 3782 } 3783 return rc; 3784 } 3785 3786 /* 3787 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on 3788 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. 3789 ** 3790 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 3791 ** this is considered a 1 page file. 3792 */ 3793 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ 3794 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 3795 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); 3796 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; 3797 } 3798 3799 3800 /* 3801 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If 3802 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op 3803 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). 3804 ** 3805 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 3806 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 3807 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 3808 ** obtain the lock succeeds. 3809 ** 3810 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain 3811 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 3812 ** variable to locktype before returning. 3813 */ 3814 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ 3815 int rc; /* Return code */ 3816 3817 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 3818 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler 3819 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above 3820 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). 3821 */ 3822 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) 3823 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) 3824 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 3825 ); 3826 3827 do { 3828 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); 3829 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); 3830 return rc; 3831 } 3832 3833 /* 3834 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 3835 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: 3836 ** 3837 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 3838 ** current database image, in pages, OR 3839 ** 3840 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not 3841 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal 3842 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). 3843 ** 3844 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the 3845 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() 3846 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to 3847 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after 3848 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current 3849 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either 3850 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 3851 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the 3852 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 3853 ** this circumstance cannot arise. 3854 */ 3855 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 3856 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ 3857 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 3858 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); 3859 } 3860 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ 3861 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); 3862 } 3863 #else 3864 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) 3865 #endif 3866 3867 /* 3868 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 3869 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 3870 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 3871 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. 3872 ** 3873 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. 3874 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be 3875 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and 3876 ** then continue writing to the database. 3877 */ 3878 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 3879 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); 3880 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 3881 pPager->dbSize = nPage; 3882 3883 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to 3884 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, 3885 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 3886 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled 3887 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only 3888 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 3889 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 3890 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call 3891 ** is no longer correct. */ 3892 } 3893 3894 3895 /* 3896 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It 3897 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the 3898 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows 3899 ** that the entire journal file has been synced. 3900 ** 3901 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 3902 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that 3903 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal 3904 ** content as this process. 3905 ** 3906 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 3907 ** an SQLite error code. 3908 */ 3909 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ 3910 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3911 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 3912 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); 3913 } 3914 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3915 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); 3916 } 3917 return rc; 3918 } 3919 3920 /* 3921 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 3922 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). 3923 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference 3924 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set 3925 ** *ppPage to zero. 3926 ** 3927 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released 3928 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). 3929 */ 3930 static int pagerAcquireMapPage( 3931 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3932 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ 3933 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ 3934 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ 3935 ){ 3936 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ 3937 3938 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ 3939 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 3940 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; 3941 p->pDirty = 0; 3942 memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra); 3943 }else{ 3944 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); 3945 if( p==0 ){ 3946 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); 3947 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 3948 } 3949 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; 3950 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; 3951 p->nRef = 1; 3952 p->pPager = pPager; 3953 } 3954 3955 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); 3956 assert( p->pPage==0 ); 3957 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); 3958 assert( p->pPager==pPager ); 3959 assert( p->nRef==1 ); 3960 3961 p->pgno = pgno; 3962 p->pData = pData; 3963 pPager->nMmapOut++; 3964 3965 return SQLITE_OK; 3966 } 3967 3968 /* 3969 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 3970 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). 3971 */ 3972 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 3973 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 3974 pPager->nMmapOut--; 3975 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 3976 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; 3977 3978 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); 3979 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); 3980 } 3981 3982 /* 3983 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. 3984 */ 3985 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ 3986 PgHdr *p; 3987 PgHdr *pNext; 3988 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ 3989 pNext = p->pDirty; 3990 sqlite3_free(p); 3991 } 3992 } 3993 3994 3995 /* 3996 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. 3997 ** 3998 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that 3999 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated 4000 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated 4001 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely 4002 ** result in a coredump. 4003 ** 4004 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt 4005 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 4006 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned 4007 ** to the caller. 4008 */ 4009 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){ 4010 u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; 4011 4012 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4013 disable_simulated_io_errors(); 4014 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4015 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); 4016 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ 4017 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; 4018 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4019 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp); 4020 pPager->pWal = 0; 4021 #endif 4022 pager_reset(pPager); 4023 if( MEMDB ){ 4024 pager_unlock(pPager); 4025 }else{ 4026 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. 4027 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 4028 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 4029 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. 4030 ** 4031 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager 4032 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the 4033 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it 4034 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal 4035 ** rollback before accessing the database file. 4036 */ 4037 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 4038 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); 4039 } 4040 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 4041 } 4042 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4043 enable_simulated_io_errors(); 4044 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4045 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) 4046 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4047 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4048 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); 4049 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); 4050 4051 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4052 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 4053 #endif 4054 4055 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); 4056 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); 4057 4058 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4059 return SQLITE_OK; 4060 } 4061 4062 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) 4063 /* 4064 ** Return the page number for page pPg. 4065 */ 4066 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ 4067 return pPg->pgno; 4068 } 4069 #endif 4070 4071 /* 4072 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. 4073 */ 4074 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ 4075 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); 4076 } 4077 4078 /* 4079 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have 4080 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the 4081 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. 4082 ** 4083 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. 4084 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 4085 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: 4086 ** 4087 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need 4088 ** be taken. 4089 ** 4090 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, 4091 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header 4092 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have 4093 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync 4094 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. 4095 ** 4096 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 4097 ** journal file is synced. 4098 ** 4099 ** Or, in pseudo-code: 4100 ** 4101 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ 4102 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ 4103 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); 4104 ** <update nRec field> 4105 ** } 4106 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); 4107 ** } 4108 ** 4109 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 4110 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO 4111 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. 4112 */ 4113 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ 4114 int rc; /* Return code */ 4115 4116 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4117 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4118 ); 4119 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4120 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4121 4122 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 4123 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4124 4125 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4126 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 4127 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 4128 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4129 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 4130 4131 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4132 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection 4133 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal 4134 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger 4135 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal 4136 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the 4137 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 4138 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 4139 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 4140 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 4141 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all 4142 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, 4143 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. 4144 ** 4145 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain 4146 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 4147 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. 4148 ** 4149 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this 4150 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 4151 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of 4152 ** the potential journal header. 4153 */ 4154 i64 iNextHdrOffset; 4155 u8 aMagic[8]; 4156 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; 4157 4158 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 4159 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); 4160 4161 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 4162 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); 4163 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ 4164 static const u8 zerobyte = 0; 4165 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); 4166 } 4167 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4168 return rc; 4169 } 4170 4171 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in 4172 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that 4173 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark 4174 ** it as a candidate for rollback. 4175 ** 4176 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the 4177 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 4178 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field 4179 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written 4180 ** and never needs to be updated. 4181 */ 4182 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4183 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4184 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4185 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 4186 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4187 } 4188 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); 4189 rc = sqlite3OsWrite( 4190 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr 4191 ); 4192 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4193 } 4194 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4195 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4196 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4197 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 4198 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) 4199 ); 4200 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4201 } 4202 4203 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4204 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4205 pPager->nRec = 0; 4206 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 4207 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4208 } 4209 }else{ 4210 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4211 } 4212 } 4213 4214 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 4215 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 4216 ** all pages. 4217 */ 4218 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); 4219 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; 4220 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4221 return SQLITE_OK; 4222 } 4223 4224 /* 4225 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected 4226 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the 4227 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may 4228 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is 4229 ** a no-op. 4230 ** 4231 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function 4232 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock 4233 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, 4234 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. 4235 ** 4236 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file 4237 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 4238 ** written out. 4239 ** 4240 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, 4241 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing 4242 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: 4243 ** 4244 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or 4245 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. 4246 ** 4247 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize 4248 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached 4249 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in 4250 ** the database file. 4251 ** 4252 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4253 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot 4254 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. 4255 */ 4256 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ 4257 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4258 4259 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ 4260 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4261 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 4262 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 4263 4264 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It 4265 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch 4266 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. 4267 */ 4268 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 4269 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4270 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); 4271 } 4272 4273 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final 4274 ** file size will be. 4275 */ 4276 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4277 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 4278 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize 4279 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) 4280 ){ 4281 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; 4282 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); 4283 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 4284 } 4285 4286 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4287 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; 4288 4289 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater 4290 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to 4291 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write 4292 ** any such pages to the file. 4293 ** 4294 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag 4295 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). 4296 */ 4297 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ 4298 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ 4299 char *pData; /* Data to write */ 4300 4301 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4302 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 4303 4304 /* Encode the database */ 4305 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData); 4306 4307 /* Write out the page data. */ 4308 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); 4309 4310 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match 4311 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 4312 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 4313 */ 4314 if( pgno==1 ){ 4315 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 4316 } 4317 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 4318 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 4319 } 4320 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 4321 4322 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ 4323 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); 4324 4325 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 4326 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); 4327 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 4328 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); 4329 }else{ 4330 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); 4331 } 4332 pager_set_pagehash(pList); 4333 pList = pList->pDirty; 4334 } 4335 4336 return rc; 4337 } 4338 4339 /* 4340 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 4341 ** function is a no-op. 4342 ** 4343 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 4344 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 4345 ** fails. 4346 */ 4347 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4348 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4349 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 4350 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4351 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd); 4352 }else{ 4353 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL); 4354 } 4355 } 4356 return rc; 4357 } 4358 4359 /* 4360 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 4361 ** 4362 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs 4363 ** for all open savepoints before returning. 4364 ** 4365 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO 4366 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 4367 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint 4368 ** bitvec. 4369 */ 4370 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4371 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4372 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4373 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 4374 4375 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ 4376 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4377 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4378 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); 4379 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 4380 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 4381 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 4382 ); 4383 rc = openSubJournal(pPager); 4384 4385 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), 4386 ** write the journal record into the file. */ 4387 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4388 void *pData = pPg->pData; 4389 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 4390 char *pData2; 4391 4392 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); 4393 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4394 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); 4395 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4396 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); 4397 } 4398 } 4399 } 4400 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4401 pPager->nSubRec++; 4402 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); 4403 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 4404 } 4405 return rc; 4406 } 4407 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ 4408 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 4409 return subjournalPage(pPg); 4410 }else{ 4411 return SQLITE_OK; 4412 } 4413 } 4414 4415 /* 4416 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some 4417 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object 4418 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory 4419 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 4420 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page 4421 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 4422 ** argument. 4423 ** 4424 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents 4425 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the 4426 ** journal file. 4427 ** 4428 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and 4429 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the 4430 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be 4431 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK 4432 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. 4433 */ 4434 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ 4435 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; 4436 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4437 4438 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 4439 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 4440 4441 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of 4442 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs 4443 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple 4444 ** pages belonging to the same sector. 4445 ** 4446 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling 4447 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during 4448 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. 4449 ** 4450 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could 4451 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it 4452 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 4453 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to 4454 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() 4455 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. 4456 */ 4457 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; 4458 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); 4459 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); 4460 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); 4461 if( pPager->doNotSpill 4462 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 4463 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) 4464 ){ 4465 return SQLITE_OK; 4466 } 4467 4468 pPg->pDirty = 0; 4469 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4470 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ 4471 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 4472 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4473 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); 4474 } 4475 }else{ 4476 4477 /* Sync the journal file if required. */ 4478 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 4479 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4480 ){ 4481 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); 4482 } 4483 4484 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ 4485 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4486 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4487 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); 4488 } 4489 } 4490 4491 /* Mark the page as clean. */ 4492 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4493 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4494 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 4495 } 4496 4497 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4498 } 4499 4500 /* 4501 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk. 4502 */ 4503 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ 4504 int rc = pPager->errCode; 4505 if( !MEMDB ){ 4506 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 4507 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4508 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4509 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 4510 if( pList->nRef==0 ){ 4511 rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList); 4512 } 4513 pList = pNext; 4514 } 4515 } 4516 4517 return rc; 4518 } 4519 4520 /* 4521 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it 4522 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it 4523 ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). 4524 ** 4525 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. 4526 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created 4527 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted 4528 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 4529 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 4530 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. 4531 ** 4532 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated 4533 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user 4534 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. 4535 ** 4536 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the 4537 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination 4538 ** of the PAGER_* flags. 4539 ** 4540 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter 4541 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 4542 ** 4543 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 4544 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to 4545 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL 4546 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM 4547 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 4548 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. 4549 */ 4550 int sqlite3PagerOpen( 4551 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ 4552 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ 4553 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ 4554 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ 4555 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ 4556 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 4557 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ 4558 ){ 4559 u8 *pPtr; 4560 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ 4561 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4562 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ 4563 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ 4564 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ 4565 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ 4566 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ 4567 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ 4568 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ 4569 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ 4570 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ 4571 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ 4572 int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ 4573 4574 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle 4575 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This 4576 ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle 4577 ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle" 4578 ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal 4579 ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see 4580 ** source file journal.c). 4581 */ 4582 if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){ 4583 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); 4584 }else{ 4585 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize()); 4586 } 4587 4588 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ 4589 *ppPager = 0; 4590 4591 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 4592 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ 4593 memDb = 1; 4594 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4595 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); 4596 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; 4597 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4598 zFilename = 0; 4599 } 4600 } 4601 #endif 4602 4603 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed 4604 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, 4605 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. 4606 */ 4607 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4608 const char *z; 4609 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 4610 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); 4611 if( zPathname==0 ){ 4612 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 4613 } 4614 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ 4615 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); 4616 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4617 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; 4618 while( *z ){ 4619 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4620 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4621 } 4622 nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); 4623 assert( nUri>=0 ); 4624 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ 4625 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by 4626 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname 4627 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, 4628 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even 4629 ** check for a hot-journal before reading. 4630 */ 4631 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4632 } 4633 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4634 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4635 return rc; 4636 } 4637 } 4638 4639 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the 4640 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 4641 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: 4642 ** 4643 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) 4644 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) 4645 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) 4646 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4647 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4648 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) 4649 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) 4650 */ 4651 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( 4652 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ 4653 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ 4654 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ 4655 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ 4656 nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ 4657 nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ 4658 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4659 + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ 4660 #endif 4661 ); 4662 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); 4663 if( !pPtr ){ 4664 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4665 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 4666 } 4667 pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); 4668 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); 4669 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); 4670 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); 4671 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4672 pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4673 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); 4674 4675 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ 4676 if( zPathname ){ 4677 assert( nPathname>0 ); 4678 pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); 4679 memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); 4680 if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); 4681 memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); 4682 memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); 4683 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); 4684 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4685 pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; 4686 memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); 4687 memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); 4688 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); 4689 #endif 4690 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4691 } 4692 pPager->pVfs = pVfs; 4693 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; 4694 4695 /* Open the pager file. 4696 */ 4697 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4698 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ 4699 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); 4700 assert( !memDb ); 4701 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4702 4703 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, 4704 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the 4705 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: 4706 ** 4707 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, 4708 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() 4709 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. 4710 */ 4711 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4712 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4713 if( !readOnly ){ 4714 setSectorSize(pPager); 4715 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); 4716 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ 4717 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ 4718 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; 4719 }else{ 4720 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; 4721 } 4722 } 4723 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 4724 { 4725 int ii; 4726 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 4727 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 4728 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); 4729 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ 4730 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ 4731 szPageDflt = ii; 4732 } 4733 } 4734 } 4735 #endif 4736 } 4737 pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0); 4738 if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 4739 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ 4740 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; 4741 goto act_like_temp_file; 4742 } 4743 } 4744 }else{ 4745 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. 4746 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually 4747 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). 4748 ** 4749 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory 4750 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to 4751 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. 4752 ** 4753 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. 4754 */ 4755 act_like_temp_file: 4756 tempFile = 1; 4757 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ 4758 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ 4759 pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ 4760 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4761 } 4762 4763 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 4764 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. 4765 */ 4766 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4767 assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); 4768 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); 4769 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 4770 } 4771 4772 /* Initialize the PCache object. */ 4773 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4774 assert( nExtra<1000 ); 4775 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); 4776 rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, 4777 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); 4778 } 4779 4780 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. 4781 */ 4782 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4783 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4784 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 4785 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4786 return rc; 4787 } 4788 4789 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); 4790 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) 4791 4792 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; 4793 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ 4794 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ 4795 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ 4796 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ 4797 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ 4798 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ 4799 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; 4800 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ 4801 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ 4802 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; 4803 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 4804 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 4805 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); 4806 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 4807 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 4808 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; 4809 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; 4810 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); 4811 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; 4812 if( pPager->noSync ){ 4813 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); 4814 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); 4815 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); 4816 assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 ); 4817 }else{ 4818 pPager->fullSync = 1; 4819 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4820 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 4821 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4822 } 4823 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ 4824 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ 4825 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ 4826 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; 4827 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; 4828 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); 4829 setSectorSize(pPager); 4830 if( !useJournal ){ 4831 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; 4832 }else if( memDb ){ 4833 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; 4834 } 4835 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ 4836 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ 4837 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; 4838 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ 4839 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ 4840 4841 *ppPager = pPager; 4842 return SQLITE_OK; 4843 } 4844 4845 4846 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from 4847 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought 4848 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error 4849 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. 4850 */ 4851 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ 4852 int bHasMoved = 0; 4853 int rc; 4854 4855 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; 4856 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; 4857 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); 4858 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); 4859 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ 4860 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file 4861 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to 4862 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ 4863 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4864 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ 4865 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; 4866 } 4867 return rc; 4868 } 4869 4870 4871 /* 4872 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to 4873 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in 4874 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 4875 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal 4876 ** file exists if the following criteria are met: 4877 ** 4878 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and 4879 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and 4880 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and 4881 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. 4882 ** 4883 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file 4884 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior 4885 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is 4886 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK 4887 ** is returned. 4888 ** 4889 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename 4890 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file 4891 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this 4892 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() 4893 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 4894 ** will not roll it back. 4895 ** 4896 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 4897 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is 4898 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying 4899 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error 4900 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. 4901 */ 4902 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ 4903 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 4904 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4905 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ 4906 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); 4907 4908 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4909 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4910 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 4911 4912 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & 4913 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 4914 )); 4915 4916 *pExists = 0; 4917 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4918 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 4919 } 4920 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ 4921 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ 4922 4923 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the 4924 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 4925 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before 4926 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that 4927 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when 4928 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will 4929 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. 4930 */ 4931 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); 4932 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ 4933 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ 4934 4935 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 4936 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4937 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the 4938 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where 4939 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial 4940 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. 4941 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care 4942 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to 4943 ** journal_mode=PERSIST. 4944 */ 4945 if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ 4946 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4947 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ 4948 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 4949 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 4950 } 4951 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4952 }else{ 4953 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved 4954 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is 4955 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. 4956 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 4957 ** it can be ignored. 4958 */ 4959 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4960 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 4961 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); 4962 } 4963 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4964 u8 first = 0; 4965 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); 4966 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4967 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4968 } 4969 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4970 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4971 } 4972 *pExists = (first!=0); 4973 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ 4974 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if 4975 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or 4976 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in 4977 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. 4978 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the 4979 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal 4980 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to 4981 ** worry so much with race conditions. 4982 */ 4983 *pExists = 1; 4984 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4985 } 4986 } 4987 } 4988 } 4989 } 4990 4991 return rc; 4992 } 4993 4994 /* 4995 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. 4996 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function 4997 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when 4998 ** this function is called, it is a no-op. 4999 ** 5000 ** The following operations are also performed by this function. 5001 ** 5002 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held 5003 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a 5004 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining 5005 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, 5006 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 5007 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking 5008 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and 5009 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. 5010 ** 5011 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently 5012 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, 5013 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding 5014 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal 5015 ** file. 5016 ** 5017 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 5018 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 5019 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. 5020 */ 5021 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ 5022 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5023 5024 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no 5025 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either 5026 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 5027 ** exclusive access mode. 5028 */ 5029 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 5030 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5031 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5032 if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; } 5033 5034 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ 5035 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ 5036 5037 assert( !MEMDB ); 5038 5039 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5040 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5041 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 5042 goto failed; 5043 } 5044 5045 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the 5046 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. 5047 */ 5048 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ 5049 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); 5050 } 5051 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5052 goto failed; 5053 } 5054 if( bHotJournal ){ 5055 if( pPager->readOnly ){ 5056 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; 5057 goto failed; 5058 } 5059 5060 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is 5061 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the 5062 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the 5063 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the 5064 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 5065 ** hot-journal back. 5066 ** 5067 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any 5068 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 5069 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 5070 ** on the database file. 5071 ** 5072 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is 5073 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. 5074 */ 5075 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5076 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5077 goto failed; 5078 } 5079 5080 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 5081 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 5082 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 5083 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 5084 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 5085 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). 5086 ** 5087 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 5088 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 5089 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 5090 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this 5091 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. 5092 */ 5093 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5094 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5095 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ 5096 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 5097 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); 5098 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ 5099 int fout = 0; 5100 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5101 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 5102 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); 5103 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5104 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ 5105 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 5106 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5107 } 5108 } 5109 } 5110 5111 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write 5112 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before 5113 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with 5114 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing 5115 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal 5116 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync 5117 ** the journal before playing it back. 5118 */ 5119 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5120 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5121 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); 5122 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5123 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1); 5124 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 5125 } 5126 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 5127 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5128 } 5129 5130 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5131 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open 5132 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5133 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock 5134 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be 5135 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 5136 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 5137 ** 5138 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to 5139 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition 5140 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, 5141 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very 5142 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling 5143 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible 5144 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 5145 ** references. 5146 */ 5147 pager_error(pPager, rc); 5148 goto failed; 5149 } 5150 5151 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5152 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) 5153 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) 5154 ); 5155 } 5156 5157 if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ 5158 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to 5159 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, 5160 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from 5161 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a 5162 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. 5163 ** 5164 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning 5165 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are 5166 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The 5167 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when 5168 ** a codec is in use. 5169 ** 5170 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 5171 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that 5172 ** it can be neglected. 5173 */ 5174 Pgno nPage = 0; 5175 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; 5176 5177 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 5178 if( rc ) goto failed; 5179 5180 if( nPage>0 ){ 5181 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); 5182 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); 5183 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5184 goto failed; 5185 } 5186 }else{ 5187 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); 5188 } 5189 5190 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ 5191 pager_reset(pPager); 5192 5193 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes 5194 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back 5195 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. 5196 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears 5197 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this 5198 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ 5199 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 5200 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 5201 } 5202 } 5203 } 5204 5205 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL 5206 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. 5207 */ 5208 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); 5209 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 5210 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5211 #endif 5212 } 5213 5214 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5215 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5216 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); 5217 } 5218 5219 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5220 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); 5221 } 5222 5223 failed: 5224 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5225 assert( !MEMDB ); 5226 pager_unlock(pPager); 5227 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5228 }else{ 5229 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 5230 pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; 5231 } 5232 return rc; 5233 } 5234 5235 /* 5236 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active 5237 ** transaction and unlock the pager. 5238 ** 5239 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in 5240 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is 5241 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. 5242 */ 5243 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ 5244 if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){ 5245 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 5246 } 5247 } 5248 5249 /* 5250 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page 5251 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is 5252 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. 5253 ** 5254 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 5255 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data 5256 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may 5257 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing 5258 ** object with no outstanding references. 5259 ** 5260 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 5261 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 5262 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra 5263 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. 5264 ** 5265 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a 5266 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the 5267 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 5268 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 5269 ** page is initialized to all zeros. 5270 ** 5271 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents 5272 ** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: 5273 ** 5274 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and 5275 ** 5276 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load 5277 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read 5278 ** from the savepoint journal. 5279 ** 5280 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of 5281 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding 5282 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the 5283 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open 5284 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any 5285 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents 5286 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. 5287 ** 5288 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, 5289 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. 5290 ** 5291 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt 5292 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already 5293 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() 5294 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it 5295 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. 5296 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks 5297 ** or journal files. 5298 */ 5299 int sqlite3PagerGet( 5300 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5301 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5302 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5303 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5304 ){ 5305 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5306 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5307 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5308 const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT); 5309 5310 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except 5311 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY 5312 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 5313 ** temporary or in-memory database. */ 5314 const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 && USEFETCH(pPager) 5315 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) 5316 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 5317 && pPager->xCodec==0 5318 #endif 5319 ); 5320 5321 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here 5322 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" 5323 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the 5324 ** common case where pgno is large. */ 5325 if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ 5326 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5327 } 5328 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5329 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5330 assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 ); 5331 5332 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5333 5334 /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. 5335 ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */ 5336 if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5337 rc = pPager->errCode; 5338 }else{ 5339 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5340 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5341 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5342 } 5343 5344 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ 5345 void *pData = 0; 5346 5347 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 5348 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData 5349 ); 5350 5351 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ 5352 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){ 5353 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 5354 } 5355 if( pPg==0 ){ 5356 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); 5357 }else{ 5358 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); 5359 } 5360 if( pPg ){ 5361 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5362 *ppPage = pPg; 5363 return SQLITE_OK; 5364 } 5365 } 5366 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5367 goto pager_acquire_err; 5368 } 5369 } 5370 5371 { 5372 sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; 5373 pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); 5374 if( pBase==0 ){ 5375 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); 5376 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5377 if( pBase==0 ){ 5378 pPg = *ppPage = 0; 5379 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 5380 goto pager_acquire_err; 5381 } 5382 } 5383 pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); 5384 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5385 } 5386 } 5387 5388 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5389 /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the 5390 ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called. 5391 ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler. */ 5392 pPg = 0; 5393 goto pager_acquire_err; 5394 } 5395 assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); 5396 assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); 5397 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); 5398 5399 if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ 5400 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of 5401 ** the page. Return without further ado. */ 5402 assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5403 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; 5404 return SQLITE_OK; 5405 5406 }else{ 5407 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 5408 ** be initialized. */ 5409 5410 pPg->pPager = pPager; 5411 5412 /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page 5413 ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */ 5414 if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5415 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5416 goto pager_acquire_err; 5417 } 5418 5419 if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 5420 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ 5421 rc = SQLITE_FULL; 5422 goto pager_acquire_err; 5423 } 5424 if( noContent ){ 5425 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. 5426 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 5427 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure 5428 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 5429 ** a bit in a bit vector. 5430 */ 5431 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5432 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5433 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); 5434 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5435 } 5436 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); 5437 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5438 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5439 } 5440 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 5441 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 5442 }else{ 5443 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){ 5444 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5445 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5446 } 5447 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 5448 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; 5449 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 5450 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5451 goto pager_acquire_err; 5452 } 5453 } 5454 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5455 } 5456 5457 return SQLITE_OK; 5458 5459 pager_acquire_err: 5460 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 5461 if( pPg ){ 5462 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 5463 } 5464 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5465 5466 *ppPage = 0; 5467 return rc; 5468 } 5469 5470 /* 5471 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do 5472 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, 5473 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 5474 ** 5475 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine 5476 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read 5477 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine 5478 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 5479 ** has ever happened. 5480 */ 5481 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 5482 sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; 5483 assert( pPager!=0 ); 5484 assert( pgno!=0 ); 5485 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); 5486 pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); 5487 assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); 5488 if( pPage==0 ) return 0; 5489 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); 5490 } 5491 5492 /* 5493 ** Release a page reference. 5494 ** 5495 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the 5496 ** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages 5497 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is 5498 ** removed. 5499 */ 5500 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ 5501 Pager *pPager; 5502 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5503 pPager = pPg->pPager; 5504 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ 5505 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); 5506 }else{ 5507 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5508 } 5509 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5510 } 5511 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ 5512 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 5513 } 5514 5515 /* 5516 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. 5517 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 5518 ** file when this routine is called. 5519 ** 5520 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header 5521 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal 5522 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 5523 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 5524 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. 5525 ** 5526 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), 5527 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the 5528 ** already open file. 5529 ** 5530 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the 5531 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. 5532 ** 5533 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 5534 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 5535 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. 5536 */ 5537 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ 5538 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5539 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ 5540 5541 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5542 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5543 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5544 5545 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on 5546 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in 5547 ** an error state. */ 5548 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5549 5550 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5551 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 5552 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ 5553 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 5554 } 5555 5556 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ 5557 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5558 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 5559 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); 5560 }else{ 5561 const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */ 5562 SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| 5563 (pPager->tempFile ? 5564 (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL): 5565 (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) 5566 ); 5567 5568 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when 5569 ** it was originally opened. */ 5570 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); 5571 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5572 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 5573 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen( 5574 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 5575 ); 5576 #else 5577 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0); 5578 #endif 5579 } 5580 } 5581 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5582 } 5583 5584 5585 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 5586 ** the sub-journal if necessary. 5587 */ 5588 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5589 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ 5590 pPager->nRec = 0; 5591 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5592 pPager->setMaster = 0; 5593 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 5594 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 5595 } 5596 } 5597 5598 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5599 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 5600 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 5601 }else{ 5602 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5603 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; 5604 } 5605 5606 return rc; 5607 } 5608 5609 /* 5610 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 5611 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. 5612 ** 5613 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED 5614 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least 5615 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 5616 ** functions need be called. 5617 ** 5618 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened 5619 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This 5620 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when 5621 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a 5622 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required 5623 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 5624 ** or using a temporary file otherwise. 5625 */ 5626 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ 5627 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5628 5629 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; 5630 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); 5631 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; 5632 5633 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ 5634 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5635 5636 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5637 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an 5638 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. 5639 */ 5640 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ 5641 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5642 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5643 return rc; 5644 } 5645 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); 5646 } 5647 5648 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to 5649 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. 5650 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already 5651 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. 5652 */ 5653 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 5654 }else{ 5655 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter 5656 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5657 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE 5658 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. 5659 */ 5660 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 5661 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ 5662 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5663 } 5664 } 5665 5666 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5667 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. 5668 ** 5669 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD 5670 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. 5671 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 5672 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 5673 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 5674 ** WAL mode. 5675 */ 5676 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; 5677 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 5678 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; 5679 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; 5680 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5681 } 5682 5683 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5684 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5685 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5686 } 5687 5688 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 5689 return rc; 5690 } 5691 5692 /* 5693 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. 5694 */ 5695 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ 5696 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5697 int rc; 5698 u32 cksum; 5699 char *pData2; 5700 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; 5701 5702 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that 5703 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies 5704 ** that we do not. */ 5705 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5706 5707 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); 5708 CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); 5709 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); 5710 5711 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the 5712 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. 5713 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in 5714 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored 5715 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, 5716 ** then corruption may follow. 5717 */ 5718 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5719 5720 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); 5721 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5722 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); 5723 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5724 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); 5725 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5726 5727 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 5728 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); 5729 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); 5730 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", 5731 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5732 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); 5733 5734 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; 5735 pPager->nRec++; 5736 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); 5737 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 5738 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5739 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5740 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 5741 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5742 return rc; 5743 } 5744 5745 /* 5746 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 5747 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into 5748 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 5749 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs 5750 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. 5751 */ 5752 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ 5753 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5754 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5755 5756 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 5757 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. 5758 ** It is never called in the ERROR state. 5759 */ 5760 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5761 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5762 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5763 ); 5764 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5765 assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); 5766 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); 5767 CHECK_PAGE(pPg); 5768 5769 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already 5770 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the 5771 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. 5772 ** 5773 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 5774 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then 5775 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state 5776 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. 5777 */ 5778 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 5779 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); 5780 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5781 } 5782 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 5783 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5784 5785 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ 5786 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 5787 5788 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about 5789 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off 5790 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. 5791 */ 5792 assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5793 if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 5794 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 5795 ){ 5796 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 5797 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5798 rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); 5799 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5800 return rc; 5801 } 5802 }else{ 5803 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ 5804 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5805 } 5806 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", 5807 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5808 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); 5809 } 5810 } 5811 5812 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list 5813 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, 5814 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the 5815 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. 5816 */ 5817 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 5818 5819 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, 5820 ** then write the page into the statement journal. 5821 */ 5822 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ 5823 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 5824 } 5825 5826 /* Update the database size and return. */ 5827 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ 5828 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; 5829 } 5830 return rc; 5831 } 5832 5833 /* 5834 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size 5835 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that 5836 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of 5837 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of 5838 ** a write. 5839 ** 5840 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which 5841 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the 5842 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. 5843 */ 5844 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ 5845 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5846 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ 5847 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ 5848 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ 5849 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 5850 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ 5851 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ 5852 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); 5853 5854 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow 5855 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by 5856 ** this function. 5857 */ 5858 assert( !MEMDB ); 5859 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); 5860 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 5861 5862 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are 5863 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier 5864 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. 5865 */ 5866 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; 5867 5868 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; 5869 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ 5870 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; 5871 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ 5872 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; 5873 }else{ 5874 nPage = nPagePerSector; 5875 } 5876 assert(nPage>0); 5877 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); 5878 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); 5879 5880 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ 5881 Pgno pg = pg1+ii; 5882 PgHdr *pPage; 5883 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ 5884 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5885 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0); 5886 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5887 rc = pager_write(pPage); 5888 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5889 needSync = 1; 5890 } 5891 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5892 } 5893 } 5894 }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ 5895 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5896 needSync = 1; 5897 } 5898 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5899 } 5900 } 5901 5902 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 5903 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because 5904 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the 5905 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them 5906 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. 5907 */ 5908 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ 5909 assert( !MEMDB ); 5910 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ 5911 PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii); 5912 if( pPage ){ 5913 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5914 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5915 } 5916 } 5917 } 5918 5919 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); 5920 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 5921 return rc; 5922 } 5923 5924 /* 5925 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 5926 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 5927 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 5928 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. 5929 ** 5930 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this 5931 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages 5932 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages 5933 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. 5934 ** 5935 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned 5936 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 5937 */ 5938 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 5939 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5940 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); 5941 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5942 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5943 if( pPager->errCode ){ 5944 return pPager->errCode; 5945 }else if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ 5946 if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 5947 return SQLITE_OK; 5948 }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ 5949 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); 5950 }else{ 5951 return pager_write(pPg); 5952 } 5953 } 5954 5955 /* 5956 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed 5957 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok 5958 ** to change the content of the page. 5959 */ 5960 #ifndef NDEBUG 5961 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ 5962 return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 5963 } 5964 #endif 5965 5966 /* 5967 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to 5968 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though 5969 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when 5970 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its 5971 ** content no longer matters. 5972 ** 5973 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data 5974 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so 5975 ** that it does not get written to disk. 5976 ** 5977 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 5978 ** DELETE operations. 5979 */ 5980 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 5981 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5982 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ 5983 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); 5984 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) 5985 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; 5986 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 5987 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5988 } 5989 } 5990 5991 /* 5992 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 5993 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 5994 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at 5995 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. 5996 ** 5997 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. 5998 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. 5999 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 6000 ** unconditional update of the change counters. 6001 ** 6002 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 6003 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the 6004 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current 6005 ** transaction is committed. 6006 ** 6007 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled 6008 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, 6009 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly 6010 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 6011 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. 6012 */ 6013 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ 6014 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6015 6016 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6017 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6018 ); 6019 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6020 6021 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the 6022 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect 6023 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter 6024 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. 6025 ** 6026 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not 6027 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of 6028 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the 6029 ** "if( isDirect )" condition. 6030 */ 6031 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6032 # define DIRECT_MODE 0 6033 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); 6034 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); 6035 #else 6036 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode 6037 #endif 6038 6039 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ 6040 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ 6041 6042 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 6043 6044 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ 6045 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0); 6046 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6047 6048 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not 6049 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in 6050 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() 6051 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. 6052 */ 6053 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ 6054 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); 6055 } 6056 6057 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6058 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ 6059 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); 6060 6061 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ 6062 if( DIRECT_MODE ){ 6063 const void *zBuf; 6064 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); 6065 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf); 6066 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6067 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); 6068 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 6069 } 6070 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6071 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the 6072 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be 6073 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ 6074 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; 6075 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 6076 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6077 } 6078 }else{ 6079 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6080 } 6081 } 6082 6083 /* Release the page reference. */ 6084 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 6085 } 6086 return rc; 6087 } 6088 6089 /* 6090 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases 6091 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. 6092 ** 6093 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this 6094 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. 6095 */ 6096 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 6097 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6098 6099 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 6100 void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; 6101 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); 6102 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6103 } 6104 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 6105 assert( !MEMDB ); 6106 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); 6107 } 6108 return rc; 6109 } 6110 6111 /* 6112 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in 6113 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 6114 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 6115 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. 6116 ** 6117 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is 6118 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6119 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 6120 ** returned. 6121 */ 6122 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 6123 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6124 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6125 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6126 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6127 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6128 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6129 ); 6130 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6131 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6132 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 6133 } 6134 } 6135 return rc; 6136 } 6137 6138 /* 6139 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name 6140 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual 6141 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master 6142 ** journal (a single database transaction). 6143 ** 6144 ** This routine ensures that: 6145 ** 6146 ** * The database file change-counter is updated, 6147 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), 6148 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 6149 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and 6150 ** * the database file synced. 6151 ** 6152 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 6153 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 6154 ** delete the master journal file if specified). 6155 ** 6156 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value 6157 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. 6158 ** 6159 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself 6160 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to 6161 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the 6162 ** journal file in this case. 6163 */ 6164 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( 6165 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 6166 const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ 6167 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ 6168 ){ 6169 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6170 6171 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6172 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6173 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6174 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 6175 ); 6176 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6177 6178 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ 6179 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6180 6181 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 6182 pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); 6183 6184 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ 6185 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; 6186 6187 if( MEMDB ){ 6188 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this 6189 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any 6190 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. 6191 */ 6192 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 6193 }else{ 6194 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6195 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6196 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; 6197 if( pList==0 ){ 6198 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. 6199 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ 6200 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0); 6201 pList = pPageOne; 6202 pList->pDirty = 0; 6203 } 6204 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6205 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 6206 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); 6207 } 6208 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); 6209 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6210 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6211 } 6212 }else{ 6213 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it 6214 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization 6215 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 6216 ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 6217 ** 6218 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for 6219 ** blocks of size page-size, and 6220 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and 6221 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. 6222 ** 6223 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the 6224 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change 6225 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but 6226 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() 6227 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call 6228 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect 6229 ** mode. 6230 ** 6231 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, 6232 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter 6233 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be 6234 ** created for this transaction. 6235 */ 6236 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6237 PgHdr *pPg; 6238 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6239 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6240 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6241 ); 6242 if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6243 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 6244 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize 6245 && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) 6246 ){ 6247 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 6248 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 6249 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 6250 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 6251 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. 6252 */ 6253 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); 6254 }else{ 6255 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6256 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6257 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6258 } 6259 } 6260 #else 6261 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6262 #endif 6263 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6264 6265 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 6266 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 6267 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. 6268 */ 6269 rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); 6270 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6271 6272 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. 6273 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 6274 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. 6275 ** 6276 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the 6277 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the 6278 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive 6279 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 6280 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant 6281 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 6282 */ 6283 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); 6284 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6285 6286 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); 6287 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6288 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); 6289 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6290 } 6291 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6292 6293 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 6294 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database 6295 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the 6296 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the 6297 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file 6298 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ 6299 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 6300 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); 6301 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 6302 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); 6303 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6304 } 6305 6306 /* Finally, sync the database file. */ 6307 if( !noSync ){ 6308 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); 6309 } 6310 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 6311 } 6312 } 6313 6314 commit_phase_one_exit: 6315 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6316 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; 6317 } 6318 return rc; 6319 } 6320 6321 6322 /* 6323 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely 6324 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and 6325 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 6326 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually 6327 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. 6328 ** 6329 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 6330 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 6331 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is 6332 ** irrevocably committed. 6333 ** 6334 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager 6335 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6336 */ 6337 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ 6338 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6339 6340 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. 6341 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get 6342 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ 6343 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6344 6345 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6346 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 6347 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) 6348 ); 6349 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6350 6351 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during 6352 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is 6353 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. 6354 ** 6355 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 6356 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as 6357 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made 6358 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 6359 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need 6360 ** to drop any locks either. 6361 */ 6362 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6363 && pPager->exclusiveMode 6364 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6365 ){ 6366 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); 6367 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 6368 return SQLITE_OK; 6369 } 6370 6371 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6372 pPager->iDataVersion++; 6373 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); 6374 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6375 } 6376 6377 /* 6378 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 6379 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. 6380 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR 6381 ** state if an error occurs. 6382 ** 6383 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, 6384 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. 6385 ** 6386 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: 6387 ** 6388 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 6389 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction 6390 ** was opened, and 6391 ** 6392 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot 6393 ** rollback at any point in the future. 6394 ** 6395 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 6396 ** rollback is successful. 6397 ** 6398 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the 6399 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to 6400 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or 6401 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. 6402 */ 6403 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ 6404 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6405 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6406 6407 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If 6408 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 6409 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. 6410 */ 6411 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6412 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; 6413 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; 6414 6415 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6416 int rc2; 6417 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); 6418 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); 6419 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; 6420 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6421 int eState = pPager->eState; 6422 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 6423 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6424 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 6425 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. 6426 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. 6427 */ 6428 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6429 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6430 return rc; 6431 } 6432 }else{ 6433 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); 6434 } 6435 6436 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 6437 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT 6438 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 6439 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN 6440 ); 6441 6442 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager 6443 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. 6444 */ 6445 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6446 } 6447 6448 /* 6449 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE 6450 ** if the database is (in theory) writable. 6451 */ 6452 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ 6453 return pPager->readOnly; 6454 } 6455 6456 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6457 /* 6458 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. 6459 */ 6460 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ 6461 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6462 } 6463 #endif 6464 6465 /* 6466 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently 6467 ** used by the pager and its associated cache. 6468 */ 6469 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ 6470 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) 6471 + 5*sizeof(void*); 6472 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) 6473 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) 6474 + pPager->pageSize; 6475 } 6476 6477 /* 6478 ** Return the number of references to the specified page. 6479 */ 6480 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ 6481 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); 6482 } 6483 6484 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 6485 /* 6486 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. 6487 */ 6488 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ 6489 static int a[11]; 6490 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6491 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); 6492 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); 6493 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; 6494 a[4] = pPager->eState; 6495 a[5] = pPager->errCode; 6496 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; 6497 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; 6498 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ 6499 a[9] = pPager->nRead; 6500 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; 6501 return a; 6502 } 6503 #endif 6504 6505 /* 6506 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or 6507 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the 6508 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 6509 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 6510 ** returning. 6511 */ 6512 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ 6513 6514 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 6515 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 6516 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 6517 ); 6518 6519 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); 6520 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); 6521 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 ); 6522 6523 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]; 6524 if( reset ){ 6525 pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0; 6526 } 6527 } 6528 6529 /* 6530 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager. 6531 */ 6532 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ 6533 return MEMDB; 6534 } 6535 6536 /* 6537 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are 6538 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints 6539 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already 6540 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. 6541 ** 6542 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 6543 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is 6544 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6545 */ 6546 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6547 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6548 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ 6549 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6550 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ 6551 6552 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6553 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6554 assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); 6555 6556 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM 6557 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 6558 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. 6559 */ 6560 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( 6561 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint 6562 ); 6563 if( !aNew ){ 6564 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 6565 } 6566 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); 6567 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; 6568 6569 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ 6570 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ 6571 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; 6572 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ 6573 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; 6574 }else{ 6575 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 6576 } 6577 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; 6578 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 6579 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ 6580 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 6581 } 6582 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6583 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); 6584 } 6585 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; 6586 } 6587 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); 6588 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); 6589 return rc; 6590 } 6591 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6592 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6593 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6594 6595 if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ 6596 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); 6597 }else{ 6598 return SQLITE_OK; 6599 } 6600 } 6601 6602 6603 /* 6604 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. 6605 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 6606 ** created savepoint. 6607 ** 6608 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. 6609 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with 6610 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes 6611 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. 6612 ** 6613 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 6614 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint 6615 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate 6616 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than 6617 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. 6618 ** 6619 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current 6620 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 6621 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate 6622 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 6623 ** contents of the database to its original state. 6624 ** 6625 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 6626 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), 6627 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. 6628 ** 6629 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, 6630 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 6631 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6632 */ 6633 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ 6634 int rc = pPager->errCode; /* Return code */ 6635 6636 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6637 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6638 6639 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ 6640 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6641 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ 6642 6643 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this 6644 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 6645 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. 6646 */ 6647 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); 6648 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 6649 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 6650 } 6651 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; 6652 6653 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 6654 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ 6655 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ 6656 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6657 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ 6658 if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6659 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); 6660 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6661 } 6662 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 6663 } 6664 } 6665 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. 6666 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has 6667 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to 6668 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. 6669 */ 6670 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 6671 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; 6672 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); 6673 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); 6674 } 6675 } 6676 6677 return rc; 6678 } 6679 6680 /* 6681 ** Return the full pathname of the database file. 6682 ** 6683 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if 6684 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when 6685 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy 6686 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to 6687 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can 6688 ** participate in shared-cache. 6689 */ 6690 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ 6691 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; 6692 } 6693 6694 /* 6695 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. 6696 */ 6697 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ 6698 return pPager->pVfs; 6699 } 6700 6701 /* 6702 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated 6703 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has 6704 ** not yet been opened. 6705 */ 6706 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ 6707 return pPager->fd; 6708 } 6709 6710 /* 6711 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists). 6712 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file. 6713 */ 6714 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){ 6715 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 6716 return pPager->jfd; 6717 #else 6718 return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd; 6719 #endif 6720 } 6721 6722 /* 6723 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. 6724 */ 6725 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ 6726 return pPager->zJournal; 6727 } 6728 6729 /* 6730 ** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE 6731 ** if fsync()s are executed normally. 6732 */ 6733 int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){ 6734 return pPager->noSync; 6735 } 6736 6737 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 6738 /* 6739 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager 6740 */ 6741 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( 6742 Pager *pPager, 6743 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), 6744 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), 6745 void (*xCodecFree)(void*), 6746 void *pCodec 6747 ){ 6748 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 6749 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; 6750 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; 6751 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; 6752 pPager->pCodec = pCodec; 6753 pagerReportSize(pPager); 6754 } 6755 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ 6756 return pPager->pCodec; 6757 } 6758 6759 /* 6760 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content 6761 ** into the log file. 6762 ** 6763 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted 6764 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. 6765 */ 6766 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ 6767 void *aData = 0; 6768 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); 6769 return aData; 6770 } 6771 6772 /* 6773 ** Return the current pager state 6774 */ 6775 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ 6776 return pPager->eState; 6777 } 6778 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ 6779 6780 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 6781 /* 6782 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 6783 ** 6784 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at 6785 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be 6786 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already 6787 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. 6788 ** 6789 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any 6790 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes 6791 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. 6792 ** 6793 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be 6794 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction 6795 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement 6796 ** transaction is active). 6797 ** 6798 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being 6799 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 6800 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 6801 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. 6802 ** 6803 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error 6804 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. 6805 */ 6806 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ 6807 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ 6808 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ 6809 int rc; /* Return code */ 6810 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ 6811 6812 assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); 6813 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6814 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6815 ); 6816 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6817 6818 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal 6819 ** the page we are moving from. 6820 */ 6821 if( MEMDB ){ 6822 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); 6823 if( rc ) return rc; 6824 } 6825 6826 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest 6827 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 6828 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: 6829 ** 6830 ** BEGIN; 6831 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> 6832 ** SAVEPOINT one; 6833 ** <Move page X to location Y> 6834 ** ROLLBACK TO one; 6835 ** 6836 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not 6837 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" 6838 ** statement were is processed. 6839 ** 6840 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into 6841 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function 6842 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. 6843 */ 6844 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 6845 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) 6846 ){ 6847 return rc; 6848 } 6849 6850 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 6851 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); 6852 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) 6853 6854 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can 6855 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. 6856 ** 6857 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that 6858 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 6859 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. 6860 */ 6861 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ 6862 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; 6863 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || 6864 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); 6865 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 6866 } 6867 6868 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it 6869 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 6870 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 6871 ** for the page moved there. 6872 */ 6873 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6874 pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 6875 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); 6876 if( pPgOld ){ 6877 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); 6878 if( MEMDB ){ 6879 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might 6880 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ 6881 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); 6882 }else{ 6883 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); 6884 } 6885 } 6886 6887 origPgno = pPg->pgno; 6888 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); 6889 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 6890 6891 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues 6892 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld 6893 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. 6894 */ 6895 if( MEMDB ){ 6896 assert( pPgOld ); 6897 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); 6898 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 6899 } 6900 6901 if( needSyncPgno ){ 6902 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 6903 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. 6904 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 6905 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by 6906 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 6907 ** flag. 6908 ** 6909 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due 6910 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] 6911 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in 6912 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before 6913 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in 6914 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. 6915 */ 6916 PgHdr *pPgHdr; 6917 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0); 6918 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6919 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 6920 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); 6921 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); 6922 } 6923 return rc; 6924 } 6925 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6926 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); 6927 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); 6928 } 6929 6930 return SQLITE_OK; 6931 } 6932 #endif 6933 6934 /* 6935 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page 6936 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's 6937 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to 6938 ** the value passed as the third parameter. 6939 */ 6940 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ 6941 assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); 6942 pPg->flags = flags; 6943 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); 6944 } 6945 6946 /* 6947 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. 6948 */ 6949 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ 6950 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); 6951 return pPg->pData; 6952 } 6953 6954 /* 6955 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 6956 ** allocated along with the specified page. 6957 */ 6958 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ 6959 return pPg->pExtra; 6960 } 6961 6962 /* 6963 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one 6964 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 6965 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then 6966 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. 6967 ** 6968 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 6969 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) 6970 ** locking-mode. 6971 */ 6972 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 6973 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY 6974 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 6975 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 6976 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); 6977 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); 6978 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); 6979 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ 6980 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; 6981 } 6982 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; 6983 } 6984 6985 /* 6986 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: 6987 ** 6988 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 6989 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 6990 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6991 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6992 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 6993 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6994 ** 6995 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. 6996 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: 6997 ** 6998 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF 6999 ** or _MEMORY. 7000 ** 7001 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. 7002 ** 7003 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. 7004 */ 7005 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7006 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ 7007 7008 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 7009 /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger 7010 ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ 7011 print_pager_state(pPager); 7012 #endif 7013 7014 7015 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ 7016 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7017 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7018 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7019 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7020 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7021 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 7022 7023 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and 7024 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed 7025 ** to WAL mode. 7026 */ 7027 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7028 7029 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to 7030 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF 7031 */ 7032 if( MEMDB ){ 7033 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); 7034 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7035 eMode = eOld; 7036 } 7037 } 7038 7039 if( eMode!=eOld ){ 7040 7041 /* Change the journal mode. */ 7042 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 7043 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; 7044 7045 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal 7046 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, 7047 ** delete the journal file. 7048 */ 7049 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 7050 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 7051 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); 7052 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); 7053 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); 7054 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); 7055 7056 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); 7057 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ 7058 7059 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is 7060 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file 7061 ** here is an optimization only. 7062 ** 7063 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the 7064 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted 7065 ** while it is in use by some other client. 7066 */ 7067 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7068 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ 7069 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7070 }else{ 7071 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7072 int state = pPager->eState; 7073 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); 7074 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7075 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); 7076 } 7077 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 7078 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 7079 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 7080 } 7081 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7082 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7083 } 7084 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ 7085 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7086 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7087 pager_unlock(pPager); 7088 } 7089 assert( state==pPager->eState ); 7090 } 7091 }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7092 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7093 } 7094 } 7095 7096 /* Return the new journal mode */ 7097 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7098 } 7099 7100 /* 7101 ** Return the current journal mode. 7102 */ 7103 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7104 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7105 } 7106 7107 /* 7108 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the 7109 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database 7110 ** is unmodified. 7111 */ 7112 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7113 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7114 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; 7115 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; 7116 return 1; 7117 } 7118 7119 /* 7120 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. 7121 ** 7122 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. 7123 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. 7124 */ 7125 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ 7126 if( iLimit>=-1 ){ 7127 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; 7128 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); 7129 } 7130 return pPager->journalSizeLimit; 7131 } 7132 7133 /* 7134 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module 7135 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module 7136 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and 7137 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. 7138 */ 7139 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ 7140 return &pPager->pBackup; 7141 } 7142 7143 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM 7144 /* 7145 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. 7146 */ 7147 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ 7148 if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); 7149 } 7150 #endif 7151 7152 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7153 /* 7154 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", 7155 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7156 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. 7157 ** 7158 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. 7159 */ 7160 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ 7161 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7162 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7163 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode, 7164 (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), 7165 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, 7166 pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, 7167 pnLog, pnCkpt 7168 ); 7169 } 7170 return rc; 7171 } 7172 7173 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ 7174 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); 7175 } 7176 7177 /* 7178 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the 7179 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. 7180 */ 7181 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ 7182 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; 7183 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); 7184 } 7185 7186 /* 7187 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock 7188 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. 7189 */ 7190 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 7191 int rc; /* Return code */ 7192 7193 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7194 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 7195 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7196 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 7197 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ 7198 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7199 } 7200 7201 return rc; 7202 } 7203 7204 /* 7205 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 7206 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE 7207 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index 7208 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. 7209 */ 7210 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ 7211 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7212 7213 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); 7214 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7215 7216 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 7217 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 7218 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL 7219 ** file, to make sure this is safe. 7220 */ 7221 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 7222 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7223 } 7224 7225 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 7226 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. 7227 */ 7228 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7229 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 7230 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, 7231 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal 7232 ); 7233 } 7234 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7235 7236 return rc; 7237 } 7238 7239 7240 /* 7241 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call 7242 ** this function. 7243 ** 7244 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database 7245 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file 7246 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, 7247 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 7248 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is 7249 ** not modified in either case. 7250 ** 7251 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if 7252 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK 7253 ** without doing anything. 7254 */ 7255 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( 7256 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 7257 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ 7258 ){ 7259 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 7260 7261 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7262 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); 7263 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); 7264 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); 7265 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); 7266 7267 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ 7268 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 7269 7270 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ 7271 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7272 7273 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7274 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7275 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; 7276 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 7277 } 7278 }else{ 7279 *pbOpen = 1; 7280 } 7281 7282 return rc; 7283 } 7284 7285 /* 7286 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior 7287 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. 7288 ** 7289 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 7290 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an 7291 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. 7292 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. 7293 */ 7294 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){ 7295 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7296 7297 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7298 7299 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, 7300 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to 7301 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. 7302 */ 7303 if( !pPager->pWal ){ 7304 int logexists = 0; 7305 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7306 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7307 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 7308 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists 7309 ); 7310 } 7311 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ 7312 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7313 } 7314 } 7315 7316 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on 7317 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. 7318 */ 7319 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ 7320 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7321 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7322 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, 7323 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); 7324 pPager->pWal = 0; 7325 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7326 } 7327 } 7328 return rc; 7329 } 7330 7331 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT 7332 /* 7333 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot 7334 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error. 7335 */ 7336 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ 7337 int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7338 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7339 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot); 7340 } 7341 return rc; 7342 } 7343 7344 /* 7345 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a 7346 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it 7347 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. 7348 */ 7349 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ 7350 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7351 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7352 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); 7353 }else{ 7354 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7355 } 7356 return rc; 7357 } 7358 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ 7359 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ 7360 7361 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 7362 /* 7363 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If 7364 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more 7365 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the 7366 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file 7367 ** is empty, return 0. 7368 */ 7369 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ 7370 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 7371 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); 7372 } 7373 #endif 7374 7375 7376 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ 7377